UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x                              ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended February 3, 2007

or

o                                 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from          to        

Commission file number 001-09338


MICHAELS STORES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

 

75-1943604

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. employer

incorporation or organization)

 

identification number)

8000 Bent Branch Drive

Irving, Texas 75063

P.O. Box 619566

DFW, Texas 75261-9566

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(972) 409-1300

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

None

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:

None


Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes o  No  x

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes o  No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x  No  o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer o

 

Non-accelerated filer x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o  No  x

As of July 29, 2006, the aggregate market value of the voting equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $5,478,257,089 based on the closing price of the Registrant’s Common Stock on such date, $42.42, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. Shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock owned by its directors and executive officers were excluded from this aggregate market value calculation; however, such exclusion does not represent a conclusion by the Registrant that any or all of such directors and executive officers are or were affiliates of the Registrant.  On October 31, 2006, substantially  all of the Registrant’s Common Stock was acquired through a merger transaction.  Following the merger, the aggregate market value of voting equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was zero.

As of April 3, 2007, 118,262,731 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock were outstanding.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.

 




 

Explanatory Note

On April 2, 2007, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, in consultation with management and our independent registered public accounting firm, determined that our application of our retail inventory method of accounting for merchandise inventory in our Michaels stores contained certain deficiencies. The correction of our retail inventory method resulted in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements for years prior to fiscal 2006.

Our restatement also encompasses other charges recorded in prior fiscal years, the effects of which were previously considered immaterial to their respective periods.  These charges include the correction of an error regarding the deferral of costs related to preparing our inventory for sale and vendor allowance recognition, recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 in the amount of $15.0 million, net of an income tax benefit of $8.9 million.  We also included the lease accounting correction, recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 in the amount of $8.0 million, net of an income tax benefit of $4.8 million. For purposes of this restatement, these previously reported cumulative charges were recorded in each of the prior periods to which they relate.

Finally, our restatement includes the resolution of our previously reported internal review of stock options grant practices. Based on our analysis, the amount of additional non-cash compensation cost that should have been recorded was approximately $27.1 million, net of income tax benefits of approximately $12.7 million, all of which relates to periods prior to fiscal 2001. In our restatement, we recognized this additional compensation cost as an adjustment to our beginning retained earnings balance for fiscal 2002.  For the periods presented in this report, this adjustment does not affect results of operations and only resulted in an adjustment of offsetting amounts within the “net cash provided by operating activities” section of our consolidated statements of cash flows, with no change to total cash flow or the classification of cash flows between operating activities, investing activities, or financing activities.

The table below provides a summary of certain line items from our consolidated statements of income for fiscal years 2002 through 2005 and summary cash flow data for fiscal years 2002 through 2004 that were affected by this restatement. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for tables that reconcile our previously reported amounts to the restated amounts and for a more detailed description of the adjustments underlying the restatement.

 

 

 

Income Statement Summary

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2005

 

Fiscal 2004

 

Fiscal 2003

 

Fiscal 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As previously reported:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

$

364,340

 

$

339,515

 

$

302,751

 

$

269,794

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

219,512

 

201,809

 

177,845

 

147,730

 

Net income

 

131,024

 

201,809

 

177,845

 

140,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As restated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

381,101

 

342,771

 

292,267

 

242,784

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

228,213

 

203,954

 

171,659

 

131,280

 

Net income

 

220,722

 

203,954

 

171,659

 

124,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

16,761

 

3,256

 

(10,484

)

(27,010

)

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

8,701

 

2,145

 

(6,186

)

(16,450

)

Net income

 

89,698

 

2,145

 

(6,186

)

(15,313

)

 

2




 

 

 

Cash Flow Data

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2004

 

Fiscal 2003

 

Fiscal 2002

 

As previously reported:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

427,818

 

$

289,506

 

$

109,482

 

  Net cash used in investing activities

 

(141,152

)

(103,005

)

(108,079

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As restated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Net cash provided by operating activities

 

431,375

 

292,834

 

111,561

 

  Net cash used in investing activities

 

(144,709

)

(106,333

)

(110,158

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Net cash provided by operating activities

 

3,557

 

3,328

 

2,079

 

  Net cash used in investing activities

 

(3,557

)

(3,328

)

(2,079

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART I

ITEM 1.  Business.

The following discussion, as well as other portions of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Any statements contained herein (including, but not limited to, statements to the effect that Michaels or its management “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “expects,” “believes,” and other similar expressions) that are not statements of historical fact should be considered forward-looking statements. Our actual results could materially differ from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and particularly in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Unless otherwise noted, all amounts contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are as of February 3, 2007. Unless otherwise noted, all references to the number of shares of Common Stock and earnings per share amounts in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been adjusted to retroactively reflect the two-for-one Common Stock split and the 2.9333-for-one Common Stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend to stockholders of record as of the close of business on September 27, 2004 and January 26, 2007, respectively.

General

With approximately $3.9 billion in sales in fiscal 2006, Michaels Stores, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, is the largest arts and crafts specialty retailer in North America providing materials, ideas, and education for creative activities. Michaels Stores, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in 1983, and as of March 30, 2007, we operate 926 Michaels retail stores in 48 states, as well as in Canada, averaging 18,400 square feet of selling space. Our stores offer arts and crafts supplies and products for the crafter and do-it-yourself home decorator. We also operate 167 Aaron Brothers stores as of March 30, 2007, in 11 states, averaging 5,500 square feet of selling space, offering photo frames, a full line of ready-made frames, custom framing services, and a wide selection of art supplies. Recollections, our scrapbooking/paper crafting retail concept, operates 11 stores as of March 30, 2007, located in Arizona, Maryland, Texas, and Virginia, providing merchandise, accessories, and a variety of scrapbooking and paper crafting support services in a community learning environment. In addition, we own and operate four Star Decorators Wholesale stores as of March 30, 2007, located in Arizona, California, Georgia, and Texas, offering merchandise primarily to interior decorators/designers, wedding/event planners, florists, hotels, restaurants, and commercial display companies. Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company” and “Michaels” means Michaels Stores, Inc., together with its subsidiaries.

Our mission is to help our customers express themselves creatively. Through our broad product assortments, friendly and knowledgeable sales associates, educational in-store events, and project sheets and displays, we offer a shopping experience that encourages creativity. We also offer classes and demonstrations that teach basic and advanced skills and provide a hands-on experience in a community environment.

3




We will make available our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, free of charge through our Internet website at www.michaels.com under the heading “Corporate Information” as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Recent History

On October 31, 2006, substantially all of the Common Stock of Michaels Stores, Inc. was acquired through a merger transaction (the “Merger”) by affiliates of two private investment firms, Bain Capital Partners, LLC and The Blackstone Group  (collectively, together with their applicable affiliates, the “Sponsors”), with certain shares retained by affiliates of Highfields Capital Partners (a then-existing shareholder of Michaels Stores, Inc.). As a result of the Merger, Michaels Holdings LLC, an entity controlled by the Sponsors, owns over  93% of our outstanding Common Stock, which is no longer publicly traded.

In connection with the Merger, our capital structure changed significantly.  We issued three series of notes and executed  new senior credit facilities. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further information.

Industry Overview—Competition

We are the largest specialty retailer in North America providing materials, ideas, and education for creative activities in home accents, art, and craft projects. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from favorable demographics, particularly a more affluent baby boomer population; continued investment in existing and new homes; and an increasing focus on home-based, family activities. According to a consumer participation survey from April 2006, our typical customer is:

·             Female—90% are women and 61% are married.

·             Young—70% of crafters are under 55, with 43% of them between the ages of 35 and 54.

·             Affluent—67% of our crafters have household incomes greater than $50,000, with a median income of about $65,000.

·             Loyal—Most crafters shop for craft supplies at least twice a month, with approximately half of their visits to Michaels.

We compete across many segments of the industry, including floral, fine art, adult and kids crafts, scrapbooking and paper crafting, home accents, gift wrapping supplies, candles, photo frames, and custom framing. Industry association and analyst research reports estimate that our total addressable market size is about $38 billion annually, of which $30 billion is associated with the core arts and crafts market and $8 billion is associated with the framing market. According to industry surveys, the U.S. core arts and crafts market experienced annual growth of 4.7% from 2000 through September 2006.

The markets in which we compete are highly fragmented, containing stores across the nation operated primarily by small, independent retailers along with a few regional chains. We are the largest national retailer dedicated to serving the arts and crafts market, and we believe that there are only three other arts and crafts retailers in the United States with annual sales in excess of $500 million.

We believe customers tend to choose where to shop based upon store location, breadth of selection, price, quality of merchandise, availability of product, and customer service. We compete with many different types of retailers and classify our competition within the following categories:

·             Mass merchandisers. This category includes companies such as Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and other mass merchandisers. These retailers typically dedicate only a small portion of their selling space to a limited selection of home accents, arts and crafts supplies, and seasonal merchandise, but they do seek to capitalize on the latest trends by stocking products that are complimentary to those trends and their current merchandise offerings. These mass merchandisers generally have limited customer service staffs with varying amounts of experience in crafting projects.

·             Multi-store chains. This category includes several multi-store chains, each operating more than 30 stores, and comprises: Hobby Lobby, which operates approximately 386 stores in 30 states, primarily in the Midwestern and Southern United States; A.C. Moore Arts & Crafts, Inc., which operates approximately 122 stores in the mid-Atlantic and Northeast regions; Jo-Ann Superstores (operated by Jo-Ann Stores, Inc.), which operates approximately 173 Superstores across the country; and Garden Ridge Corporation, which operates approximately 36 stores in 13 states, primarily in the Midwestern and Southern United States. We believe all of these chains are significantly smaller than Michaels with respect to number of stores and total net sales.

·             Small, local specialty retailers. This category includes local “Mom & Pop” arts and crafts retailers. Typically, these are single store operations managed by the owner. These stores generally have limited resources for advertising, purchasing,

4




and distribution. Many of these stores have established a loyal customer base within a given community and compete with us based on relationships and customer service.

Business Strategy

We intend to increase our revenues and profits by strengthening our position as the largest retailer in North America within the arts and crafts, home accents, and custom framing sectors through the following strategies:

·             Increase Sales and Productivity of Existing Michaels Stores. Michaels stores that have been open longer than 36 months currently average approximately $224 in net sales per selling square foot. We continue to strive toward increasing sales and productivity by focusing on merchandise assortment and in-stock positions, enhancing our customers’ in-store experiences, and improving our marketing execution.

           Improving our merchandise assortment. We attempt to provide merchandise assortments that inspire creativity and fun within the categories we carry. We intend to continue to refine our merchandise assortment and introduce new products through detailed SKU analysis from our perpetual inventory system. Our perpetual inventory capabilities allow us to track SKU demand in real time across different stores and geographies.  We can test new merchandising assortments in selected markets before implementing regional or national rollouts. Our assortments include highly differentiated and exclusive product lines, which we believe helps us further maximize our opportunities within arts and crafts trends.

           Maintaining our store merchandise in-stock position. As part of our ongoing inventory management and supply chain initiatives, we strive to have fully-stocked basic assortments in our stores supported by timely, updated displays of merchandise in our key feature space areas such as power panels, end caps, drive aisles, and the area around the checkout. We continue to optimize our in-stock levels using data from our automated replenishment system, which we implemented during fiscal 2004. We also plan to improve the timing of the receipt of merchandise in our stores to take advantage of the natural seasonal selling peaks we have throughout the year.

           Enhancing the in-store experience. We promote an environment whereby our customers rely on us for ideas, inspiration, and information. We expect to make it easier and more exciting to shop our stores with less clutter in the drive aisles, more powerful promotional items in our feature space, improved customer service, and faster checkout times. In fiscal 2005, we initiated our store standardization/remodel program by standardizing layouts, fixtures, merchandise adjacencies, and new signage across our stores. Through March 30, 2007, we executed this initiative across a total of 230 new and relocated stores as well as existing store remodels. We plan to remodel approximately 40 stores in fiscal 2007 using our store standardization/remodel program.

           Improving marketing execution. We are focused on marketing strategies and vehicles that will drive customer traffic and demand for our products. In order to successfully retain customers and prospect high value new customers, we utilize a diversified marketing mix including print, internet, direct mail, and various in-store promotional activities. We will continue to focus on circular advertising, but we are reviewing the frequency and breadth of our print circular program while we continue to use targeted, direct mailing campaigns. We believe the utilization of our marketing database allows us to drive a productive, cost-efficient marketing program.

·            Enhance Michaels Stores’ Merchandise Margins. We intend to enhance merchandise margins through specific initiatives designed to improve our pricing and promotional strategy, and our inventory management, supply chain and sourcing processes.

           Pricing and promotional strategy. We are working to develop an integrated pricing and promotion strategy based on customer behavior, while improving our long-term organizational capabilities, processes, and tools. Our promotion activity is item-price based, with promotions spanning across categories and with limited regional differentiation. We believe we can improve margins by applying more sophisticated pricing models and regional promotion programs, with a focus on the optimization of item-specific promotional prices and improvements in clearance pricing though merchandising systems upgrades and enhanced merchandise planning.  We further believe the identification of

5




promotional items that drive customer traffic will add consumers to the base market as we seek to feature those promotional items more often.  We are currently reviewing potential software products that would enable us to develop a database of information to allow us to further improve our pricing and promotional decisions.

           Hybrid distribution network. We currently ship approximately 35% of our products directly from the vendor to our Michaels stores. We are in the process of shifting to a hybrid distribution model whereby a much larger percentage of our inventory will be shipped from the vendor to our distribution centers. All distribution centers will stock our fast-selling SKUs with slower-selling SKUs stocked in the distribution center closest to the vendor. We believe our hybrid-distribution method will help reduce costs associated with drop-shipping products directly to store locations.

           Product sourcing. A significant portion of our products are manufactured outside the United States but we source less than 10% of our products directly from international manufacturers. We expect to further expand our importation of basic assortment products as we believe this presents a significant long-term opportunity to enhance our margins, potentially decrease domestic supply chain costs, and realize overall lower product costs. The fulfillment of this objective is dependent upon several factors, including our product development requirements, establishment of key processes, implementation of new or upgrade of existing technology, distribution center capacity, and merchant resource constraints.

·             Grow Through New Michaels Store Openings. We believe the United States and Canadian markets can support about 1,350 Michaels stores. We plan to open approximately 45-50 new Michaels stores per year, extending into the foreseeable future, funded primarily through cash provided by operating activities and additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility. From the beginning of fiscal 1998 through fiscal 2006, we have opened or relocated 685 Michaels stores using a standardized store opening procedure, which has ensured store openings with a merchandise assortment and presentation consistent with our existing stores. We have developed and are constantly refining our Michaels store prototype, consistent with our store standardization/remodel program, to incorporate improved merchandising techniques and store layouts.

·             Evaluate Additional Growth Opportunities. We also own and operate Aaron Brothers, Star Decorators Wholesale, and Recollections. Aaron Brothers specializes in framing and art supplies and operates primarily on the west coast in 11 states. Our four Star Decorators Wholesale stores target customers such as interior decorators/designers, wedding/event planners, florists, hotels, restaurants, and commercial display companies. Recollections, which consists of 11 stores across four states, focuses on scrapbooking and paper crafting products. Combined, these entities accounted for approximately 5.5% of our consolidated sales in fiscal 2006. We continue to refine these concepts using our existing stores as we work to expand our customer base and leverage our experience and vendor base.  Therefore, we project limited store growth for our specialty businesses in fiscal 2007.

Merchandising and Marketing

Product Selection

Our Michaels store merchandising strategy is to provide a broad selection of products in a convenient location with an appealing store environment. Each Michaels store offers approximately 41,000 basic SKUs in a number of product categories. The following table shows a breakdown of sales for Michaels stores by department as a percentage of total sales:

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

General crafts

 

28

%

29

%

26

%

Art supplies

 

21

 

21

 

21

 

Picture framing

 

19

 

17

 

19

 

“Silk” and dried floral

 

12

 

14

 

13

 

Seasonal

 

11

 

10

 

11

 

Hobby, wrapping supplies, and candles

 

9

 

9

 

10

 

 

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

We offer the following selection of merchandise in our Michaels stores:

·             products for the do-it-yourself home decorator, including wall décor, candles, containers, baskets, and potpourri; custom

6




framing services, ready-made frames, mat boards, glass, framed art, art prints, and photo albums; and “silk” flowers, dried flowers, and artificial plants sold separately or in ready-made and custom floral arrangements, accessories needed for floral arranging, and other floral items, such as wreaths;

·             art supplies; scrapbooking and paper crafting materials; surfaces and pads; adhesives and finishes; pastels and watercolors, oil paints, acrylics, easels, brushes, paper, canvas, and stenciling materials; and

·             craft supplies, including beads, wood, foam, doll making supplies, jewelry making supplies, rubber stamps, apparel crafts, books and magazines, craft storage, and plaster; needlecraft items, including stitchery supplies, knitting yarns, needles, canvas, and related supplies for needlepoint, embroidery and cross stitching, knitting, crochet, rug making kits, and quilt and afghan kits; ribbon and wedding accessories; gifts; hobby items, including plastic model kits and related supplies, kids’ craft materials, plush toys, and paint-by-number kits; party needs, including gift wrap, candy making supplies, and cake decorating supplies; and soap and candle making supplies.

Our Michaels stores regularly feature seasonal merchandise that complements our core merchandising strategy. Seasonal merchandise is offered for several holiday periods, including Valentine’s Day, St. Patrick’s Day, Easter, Mother’s Day, Father’s Day, Back to School, Halloween, Thanksgiving, Christmas, and many other regional “mini season” programs. For example, seasonal merchandise for the Christmas season includes home decorating items such as artificial trees, wreaths, candles, lights, and ornaments.

During the Christmas selling season, a significant portion of floor and shelf space in a typical Michaels store is devoted to Christmas crafts, Christmas decorations, gift making, and gift giving merchandise. Because of the project-oriented nature of many of these products, the Christmas selling season begins in August and extends through December. Accordingly, a fully developed seasonal merchandising program, including inventory, merchandise layout, and instructional ideas, is implemented during the third quarter of each fiscal year in each Michaels store. This program requires additional inventory accumulation so that each store is fully stocked during the peak selling season to meet higher demand from increased customer traffic.

We routinely identify merchandise that requires some price reduction to accelerate sales of the product. The need for this reduction is generally attributable to either seasonal product remaining at the end of the season or product that is being displaced from its assigned location in the store to make room for new merchandise. Additional product candidates for repricing are identified using our point of sale (“POS”) and perpetual inventory data. In each case, the appropriate repricing is determined at our corporate office and sent to the stores with instructions on how to accelerate sales of the repriced product.

Our Aaron Brothers stores offer on average approximately 5,100 SKUs, including photo frames, a full line of ready-made frames, art prints, framed art, and a wide selection of art supplies and custom framing services. The merchandising strategy for our Aaron Brothers stores is to provide a unique, upscale framing assortment and shopping experience. In addition, we strive to provide a fashion forward framing merchandise selection in an appealing environment with attentive customer service.

Customer Experience

We believe that our customer experience is a key advantage that differentiates us from our competitors and is a critical component of our merchandising strategy. Many of the craft supplies sold in our Michaels stores can be assembled into unique end products with an appropriate amount of guidance and direction. Accordingly, we have displays in every store to stimulate new project ideas and we supply free project sheets with detailed instructions on how to assemble the finished product. We also offer project sheets on our Internet site, www.michaels.com. In addition, many Michaels sales associates are craft enthusiasts who are able to help customers with ideas, inspiration, and instructions. We have a comprehensive offering of classes and demonstrations to inspire our customers with product ideas and information. We believe this strategy enhances incremental sales and frequency of customer visits.

Advertising

We focus primarily on circular advertising but also employ targeted, direct mailings. We believe that our circular advertising, primarily utilized in Sunday newspapers, is our most productive and cost efficient form of advertising. The circulars advertise numerous products in order to emphasize the wide selection of products available at Michaels stores. We believe that our ability to advertise through circulars throughout the year in each of our markets provides us with an advantage over our smaller competitors and that it also reinforces and strengthens our brand name.

7




Store Design and Operations

Our store design encourages purchases in a friendly, creative environment. Store design is developed centrally and implemented at the store level through the use of merchandise planograms, which provide store associates with detailed descriptions and illustrations with respect to store layout and merchandise presentation. Planograms are also used to cluster various products that can be combined to create individual projects.

A Michaels store is typically managed by a store manager, one assistant manager, and three department managers. The field organization for Michaels is headed by an executive vice president and is divided into six geographic zones. Each zone has its own vice president and 10 to 13 district managers. There are a total of 75 districts in the United States and Canada. Typically, an Aaron Brothers store is managed by a store manager and one assistant manager. The field organization for Aaron Brothers is headed by a divisional senior vice president and is divided into 13 districts, each with a district manager. We believe this organizational structure enhances the communication among the individual stores and between the stores and corporate headquarters.

Purchasing and Inventory Management

We purchase merchandise from approximately 1,200 vendors. We believe that our buying power and ability to make centralized purchases enable us to acquire products on favorable terms. Central merchandising management teams negotiate with vendors in an attempt to obtain the lowest net merchandise costs and improve control over product mix and inventory levels. In fiscal 2006, our top 10 vendors accounted for approximately 20% of total purchases with no single vendor accounting for more than 3.5% of total purchases.

In addition to purchasing from outside vendors, our Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores purchase custom frames, framing supplies, mats, framed art, and art prints from our manufacturing operation, Artistree, which consists of a manufacturing facility and three regional processing centers to support our retail stores.

Substantially all of the products sold in Michaels stores are manufactured in Asia, Canada, Mexico, and the United States. Goods manufactured in Asia generally require long lead times and are ordered four to six months in advance of delivery. Those products are either imported directly by us or acquired from distributors based in the United States and their purchase prices are denominated in United States dollars.

Our primary objectives for inventory management are (1) maximizing the efficiency of the flow of product to the stores, (2) maintaining high store in-stock levels, (3) enhancing store labor efficiency, (4) reducing clearance inventory levels, and (5) optimizing our overall investment in inventory. We manage our inventory in several ways, including: in-store management using a handheld radio frequency device (RF gun); daily tracking of inventory positions utilizing our perpetual inventory and automated replenishment systems; the use of merchandise planograms to control the merchandise assortment and presentation; and the review of item-level sales information in order to track the performance and sell-through of seasonal and promotional items. The data that we obtain from our POS system is an integral component in the inventory management process. In addition, inventories are verified through periodic physical and cycle counts conducted throughout the year on a rotating systematic schedule.

The implementation of our perpetual inventory and automated merchandise replenishment systems allows us to better achieve our inventory management objectives. Our automated replenishment system uses perpetual inventory records to analyze individual store/SKU on-hand quantities, as well as other pertinent information such as unfilled orders, seasonal selling patterns, promotional events, and vendor lead times, to generate recommended merchandise reorder information on a daily basis. These recommended orders are reviewed daily and purchase orders are delivered electronically to our vendors or replenishment orders are sent to our distribution centers. In addition to improving our store in-stock position, these systems allow us to better forecast merchandise ordering quantities for our vendors and give us the ability to identify, order, and replenish the stores’ merchandise using less store associate labor. These systems also allow us to react more quickly to selling trends and allow our store associates to devote more time to customer service, thereby improving inventory productivity and sales opportunities.

We began the rollout of our perpetual inventory and automated replenishment systems in fiscal 2001. We completed the rollout of our perpetual inventory system in fiscal 2003 and completed the implementation of our automated replenishment system in July 2004. During fiscal 2005, we determined that our perpetual inventory system could be used to value our inventory for accounting purposes. As discussed in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Accounting Items,” we changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from a retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method as of the first quarter of fiscal 2005.

 

8




We manage the distribution of seasonal merchandise to our stores by allocating seasonal merchandise to our stores based on prior year sales and current store sales trends. For a discussion of the seasonal nature of our business, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Seasonality.”

Artistree

We currently operate a vertically integrated manufacturing operation named Artistree that supplies our Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores with quality custom and specialty framing merchandise, including art prints. Our regional processing centers are located in City of Industry, California; Coppell, Texas; and Kernersville, North Carolina. Kernersville, North Carolina is also the home of our moulding manufacturing and ready-made frame plant. Our art prints are packaged and distributed out of our Coppell, Texas regional processing center. Combined, these facilities occupy approximately 476,000 square feet and, in fiscal 2006, processed over 23 million linear feet of frame moulding for our Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores.

Our moulding manufacturing plant converts raw lumber into finished frame moulding that is supplied to our regional processing centers for custom framing orders for our stores. We manufacture approximately 17% of the moulding we process, import another 33% from quality manufacturers in Indonesia, Malaysia, Brazil, and Italy, and purchase the balance from distributors. During fiscal 2005, we began to directly source metal moulding for processing in our regional centers, whereas in prior years we completely outsourced the production and processing of metal frames. The custom framing orders are processed (frames cut and joined, and mats cut) and shipped to our stores where the custom frame order is completed for customer pick-up.

We believe Artistree provides a competitive advantage to our Michaels and Aaron Brothers stores. Based on the benefits we have received from this vertically integrated solution, we continue to evaluate additional future vertical integration opportunities.

Distribution

We currently operate a distribution network for supplying our stores with merchandise. Approximately 65% of Michaels stores’ merchandise, consisting of both seasonal and basic SKUs, is shipped through the Michaels distribution network, with the remainder shipped directly from vendors. Approximately 62% of Aaron Brothers stores’ merchandise, consisting of both seasonal and basic SKUs, is shipped through the Aaron Brothers distribution center, with the remainder being shipped directly from vendors. Our seven current distribution centers are located in California, Florida, Illinois, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Washington. In fiscal 2002, we completed an expansion of our Lancaster, California distribution center and added a new distribution facility in Hazleton, Pennsylvania, which added approximately 1.0 million square feet of capacity. In fiscal 2003, we constructed a new distribution center located in the Chicago, Illinois area, from which we began shipping orders in June 2004 as we ceased operations in our Kentucky distribution center. The 693,000 square feet at our Illinois distribution center, offset by the closing of our Kentucky distribution center in fiscal 2004, added approximately 271,000 square feet to our capacity. Our new Centralia, Washington facility, which will become operational during the second quarter of fiscal 2007, will add another 715,000 square feet, bringing the total capacity to approximately 4.3 million square feet. This new facility will add needed capacity in the Northwest to support our importing initiatives and will replace one of our third-party seasonal facilities. We currently utilize three third-party warehouse facilities to store and supply our seasonal merchandise in preparation for the holiday season.

Michaels stores generally receive deliveries from the distribution centers each week through an internal transportation distribution network using a dedicated fleet of trucks and contract carriers. Aaron Brothers stores receive merchandise on a weekly or biweekly basis from their dedicated 174,000 square foot distribution center located in the Los Angeles, California area. Star Decorators Wholesale stores receive some merchandise from the distribution centers, but most of their merchandise is received through direct vendor shipments.

In fiscal 2004, we completed the implementation of a transportation management system to manage our transportation processes between our vendors, distribution centers, and stores. This system has allowed us to increase the visibility of merchandise shipments within our supply chain and improve our overall transportation efficiency.

We currently have approximately 51% of our basic SKUs replenished through the Michaels distribution network, with the remainder shipped directly from vendors. In fiscal 2005, we implemented a number of enhancements to our distribution network. We refer to the improved network as our Hybrid distribution network, through which we expect to ultimately replenish approximately 85% to 95% of our basic SKUs. We expect this reduction in direct deliveries from vendors to our stores to result in the following benefits to our supply chain:

9




·             Cost reductions are expected to be shared with our vendors;

·             Transportation costs should be reduced, partially offset by additional handling costs;

·             Store labor involved in merchandise receipt processing should become more efficient; and

·             Service levels to our stores should improve.

We are now in the implementation phase of the Hybrid distribution network, and have converted approximately 24% of direct vendors at the end of fiscal 2006. We expect to complete the transition to Hybrid distribution in fiscal 2008.

Store Expansion and Relocation

In 1995, we recognized that we had the critical mass to achieve improved operating efficiencies that could result in higher returns on capital by focusing on key initiatives, such as strengthening our information systems and infrastructure to support future growth in the number of stores. In fiscal 1995, we announced a shift in focus from store growth to higher returns on capital and as a result, moderated our internal growth rate in number of stores. Beginning in fiscal 1998, we expanded our new store opening program and have continued to grow our number of stores through fiscal 2006.

The following table shows our store growth for the last five years:

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Michaels stores:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail stores open at beginning of year

 

885

 

844

 

804

 

754

 

694

 

Retail stores opened during the year

 

43

 

46

 

45

 

55

 

67

 

Retail stores opened (relocations) during the year

 

7

 

18

 

30

 

16

 

18

 

Retail stores closed during the year

 

(8

)

(5

)

(5

)

(5

)

(7

)

Retail stores closed (relocations) during the year

 

(7

)

(18

)

(30

)

(16

)

(18

)

Retail stores open at end of year

 

920

 

885

 

844

 

804

 

754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aaron Brothers stores:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail stores open at beginning of year

 

166

 

164

 

158

 

148

 

139

 

Retail stores opened during the year

 

1

 

2

 

7

 

10

 

13

 

Retail stores opened (relocations) during the year

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Retail stores closed during the year

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

 

(4

)

Retail stores closed (relocations) during the year

 

 

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

Retail stores open at end of year

 

166

 

166

 

164

 

158

 

148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recollections stores:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail stores open at beginning of year

 

11

 

8

 

2

 

 

 

Retail stores opened during the year

 

 

3

 

6

 

2

 

 

Retail stores open at end the year

 

11

 

11

 

8

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Star Decorators Wholesale stores:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholesale stores open at beginning of year

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

2

 

Wholesale stores opened during the year

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

Wholesale stores open at end of year

 

4

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total store count at end of year

 

1,101

 

1,066

 

1,019

 

967

 

904

 

 

We plan to open approximately 45-50 Michaels and two Aaron Brothers stores in fiscal 2007 and plan to open a similar number of Michaels stores in each of the subsequent fiscal years, extending into the foreseeable future. In fiscal 2007, we have no store openings planned for Recollections or Star Decorators Wholesale. The anticipated opening of Michaels, Aaron Brothers, Recollections, and Star Decorators Wholesale stores and the rate at which stores are opened will depend upon a number of factors, including the success of existing stores, the availability and the cost of capital for expansion, the availability of suitable store sites, and the ability to hire and train qualified managers.

10




We have developed a standardized store opening procedure that allows for the efficient opening of new stores and their integration into our information and distribution systems. We develop the floor plan and merchandise layout and organize the advertising and promotions in connection with the opening of each new store. In addition, we maintain qualified store opening teams to provide new store personnel with in-store training.

Costs for opening stores at particular locations depend upon the type of building, the general cost levels in the area, store size, operating format, and the time of the year the store is opened. In fiscal 2006, the average net cost of opening a new Michaels store included approximately $672,000 of leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment, and pre-opening costs, and an estimated initial inventory investment, net of accounts payable, of approximately $537,000.

In addition to new store openings, we continue to pursue a store relocation program to improve the quality and performance of our existing store base as well as perform remodels of existing stores. We relocated 18 and seven Michaels stores in fiscal 2005 and 2006, respectively. We remodeled 27 and 67 Michaels stores in fiscal 2005 and 2006, respectively. We plan to relocate approximately 9 to 11 Michaels stores and remodel approximately 40 Michaels stores during fiscal 2007.

During fiscal 2005 and 2006, we closed five and eight Michaels stores, respectively, as well as one Aaron Brothers store in fiscal 2006. During fiscal 2007, we plan to close three Michaels stores.

Investment in Information Technology

We are committed to using information technology to increase operating efficiencies, improve merchandise selection and flow, and improve our ability to satisfy the needs of our customers. Between fiscal 1998 and fiscal 2004, we invested heavily in POS, perpetual inventory, automated replenishment, distribution, and seasonal allocation systems. These systems have significantly improved our ability to properly forecast, manage, and analyze our inventory levels, margins, and merchandise ordering quantities and have created efficiencies within our stores, distribution centers, and corporate office. We are seeing the benefits of these systems now with the potential for improvements in the future as we further refine the usage and integration among our systems.

In fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005, we installed a new human resource system, as well as a new financial system, which we believe enables us to more closely manage payroll expense at the stores, provide an efficient platform for future growth, and  utilize best practices for processes and controls, which are built into the applications.

In fiscal 2006, we began the rollout of a labor management system, with time and attendance functionality being implemented in all Michaels stores. Labor forecasting will be tested and a store rollout begun in fiscal 2007 with the complete chain implemented in fiscal 2008. We expect this system to give us detailed insight into our labor force and how to best service our customers, with improvements in labor efficiency and utilization over the next several years.

We also implemented a new Data Warehouse system in fiscal 2006.  This system is the central source for certain business reporting processes and is designed to be highly scalable in order to support future growth and information needs.

We intend to significantly upgrade our current merchandising systems over the next two years to give us enhanced capabilities in item and price management, order management, and space management. We also intend to implement a Merchandise Financial Planning system to better support our inventory management efforts, as well as adding a sophisticated promotion planning and optimization system. We believe our ongoing business system upgrades will support our anticipated future growth and provide continued opportunities for improvement of margins and business operations.

Foreign Sales

All of our current international business is in Canada and accounted for approximately 6.9% of total sales in fiscal 2006, 6.1% of total sales in fiscal 2005, and 5.2% of total sales in fiscal 2004. During the last three years, 5% or less of our assets have been located outside of the United States.

Service Marks

The names “Aaron Brothers,” “Aaron Brothers Art & Framing,” “Artistree,” “Artistree Art Frame & Design,” “Michaels,” “Michaels.com,” “Michaels The Arts and Crafts Store,” “Recollections,” “Star Decorators Wholesale,” “Star Decorators Wholesale Warehouse,” “Vendor Connect,” and the Michaels logo are each federally registered service marks.

11




Employees

As of March 30, 2007, we employed approximately 43,100 associates, approximately 29,800 of whom were employed on a part-time basis. The number of part-time associates substantially increases during the Christmas selling season. Of our full-time associates, approximately 2,950 are engaged in various executive, operating, training, distribution, and administrative functions in our corporate and division offices and distribution centers, and the remainder are engaged in store operations. None of our associates are members of labor unions in association with their Michaels employment.

ITEM 1A.  Risk Factors.

Our financial performance is subject to various risks and uncertainties. The risks described below are those which we believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risk factors described below could significantly and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

We Face Risks Related to Our Substantial Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could aversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our notes and credit facilities. Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences to us, including:

·             making it more difficult for us to make payments on our debt;

·             increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

·             requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities;

·             exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities are at variable rates;

·             restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

·             limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; and

·             limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing our notes. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities and indentures governing our notes do not restrict our owners from creating new holding companies that may be able to incur indebtedness without regard to the restrictions set forth in our credit facilities and indentures. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

Our Debt Agreements Contain Restrictions That Limit our Flexibility in Operating our Business

Our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing our notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

·             incur additional debt;

·             pay dividends or distributions on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock;

·             issue stock of subsidiaries;

·             make certain investments;

·             create liens on our assets to secure debt;

·             enter into transactions with affiliates;

·             merge or consolidate with another company; and

·             sell or otherwise transfer assets.

In addition, under our senior secured credit facilities, we are required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure that we will meet those ratios and tests. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under

12




our senior secured credit facilities. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under our senior secured credit facilities. If the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure that we will have sufficient assets to repay our senior secured credit facilities, as well as our unsecured indebtedness, including the notes.

Our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility permits us to borrow up to $1.0 billion; however, our ability to borrow thereunder is limited by a borrowing base, which at any time will equal the sum of 90% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables plus between 90% and 85% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit plus a percentage of eligible in-transit inventory to be agreed upon, less certain reserves, and the sum of an additional 10% appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit plus an additional 5% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables under a “last out” tranche. In addition, our ability to borrow under this facility is limited by a minimum liquidity condition, providing that, if excess availability is less than $75.0 million at any time, we are not permitted to borrow any additional amounts under the senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility unless our pro forma Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement for our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility) is at least 1.1 to 1.0. Moreover, our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility provides discretion to the agent bank acting on behalf of the lenders to impose additional availability reserves, which could materially impair the amount of borrowings that would otherwise be available to us. There can be no assurance that the agent bank will not impose such reserves or, were it to do so, that the resulting impact of this action would not materially and adversely impair our liquidity.

Our Growth Depends on Our Ability to Open New Stores

One of our key business strategies is to expand our base of retail stores. If we are unable to implement this strategy, our ability to increase our sales, profitability, and cash flow could be impaired. To the extent that we are unable to open new stores as we anticipate, our sales growth would come only from increases in comparable store sales. Growth in profitability in that case would depend significantly on our ability to reduce our costs as a percentage of our sales. We may be unable to implement our strategy if we cannot identify suitable sites for additional stores, negotiate acceptable leases, access sufficient capital to support store growth, or hire and train a sufficient number of qualified associates.

Our Success Will Depend on How Well We Manage Our Growth

Even if we are able to implement, to a significant degree, our strategy of expanding our store base, or additionally, to expand our business through acquisitions or vertical integration opportunities, we may experience problems, which may prevent any significant increase in profitability or negatively impact our cash flow. For example:

·             the costs of opening and operating new stores may offset the increased sales generated by the additional stores;

·             the closure of unsuccessful stores may result in the retention of liability for expensive leases;

·             a significant portion of our management’s time and energy may be consumed with issues unrelated to advancing our core business strategy, which could possibly result in a deterioration of our operating results;

·             our expansion may outpace our planned technological advances and current systems with the possible consequences of breakdowns in our supply chain management and reduced effectiveness of our operational systems and controls;

·             we may be unable to hire, train, and retain qualified employees, including management and senior executives; existing vacancies in key executive positions, if unfilled for a significant period of time, may adversely affect strategic and operational effectiveness;

·             our suppliers may be unable to meet the increased demand of additional stores in a timely manner; and

·             we may be unable to expand our existing distribution centers or use third-party distribution centers on a cost-effective basis to provide merchandise for sale by our new stores.

We May Fail to Optimize or Adequately Maintain Our Perpetual Inventory and Automated Replenishment Systems

We have completed the rollout of our perpetual inventory, automated replenishment, and weighted average cost stock ledger systems, which we believe are necessary to properly forecast, manage, and analyze our inventory levels, margins, and merchandise ordering quantities. We may fail to properly optimize the effectiveness of these systems, or to adequately support and maintain the systems, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.

13




Improvements to Our Supply Chain May Not Be Fully Successful

An important part of our efforts to achieve efficiencies, cost reductions, and sales and cash flow growth is the identification and implementation of improvements to our supply chain, including merchandise ordering, transportation, and receipt processing. During fiscal 2007, we will continue to implement a number of enhancements to our distribution systems with select suppliers, enabling us to evaluate our ability to distribute additional SKUs through our distribution centers. Significant changes to our supply chain could have a material adverse impact on our operating results.

Changes in Customer Demands Could Materially Adversely Affect Our Sales, Operating Results, and Cash Flow

Our success depends on our ability to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing customer demands and preferences for products and supplies used in creative activities. If we misjudge the market, we may significantly overstock unpopular products and be forced to take significant inventory markdowns, which would have a negative impact on our operating results and cash flow. Also, shortages of key items could have a material adverse impact on our operating results. In addition, adverse weather conditions, unfavorable economic trends, and consumer confidence volatility could have a material adverse impact on our sales and operating results.

Unexpected or Unfavorable Consumer Responses to Our Promotional or Merchandising Programs Could Materially Adversely Affect Our Sales, Operating Results, and Cash Flow

Brand recognition, quality, and price have a significant influence on consumers’ choices among competing products and brands. Advertising, promotion, merchandising, and the pace and timing of new product introductions also have a significant impact on consumers’ buying decisions. If we misjudge consumer responses to our existing or future promotional activities,  this could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.

We believe changes in our merchandise offering help drive sales at our stores. We could be materially adversely affected by poor operational execution of changes to our merchandise offering or by unexpected consumer responses to changes in our merchandise offering.

Changes in Newspaper Subscription Rates May Result in Reduced Exposure to Our Circular Advertisements

The majority of our promotional activities utilize circular advertisements in local newspapers. A continued decline in consumer subscriptions of these newspapers could reduce the frequency in which consumers receive our circular advertisements, thereby negatively affecting sales, operating results, and cash flow.

Changes in Consumer Confidence Could Result in a Reduction in Consumer Spending on Items Perceived to be Discretionary

Our stores offer arts and crafts supplies and products for the crafter and do-it-yourself home decorator, which some customers may perceive as discretionary. Should their perception of the economy deteriorate, consumers may change spending patterns to reduce the amount spent on discretionary items.

Failure to Adequately Maintain the Security of Our Electronic and Other Confidential Information Could Materially Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Operating Results

We have become increasingly centralized and dependent upon automated information technology processes. In addition, a portion of our business operations is conducted over the Internet, increasing the risk of viruses that could cause system failures and disruptions of operations. Any failure to maintain the security of our data and our customers’ confidential information, including via the penetration of our network security and the misappropriation of confidential information, could put us at a competitive disadvantage, result in deterioration in our customers’ confidence in us, subject us to potential litigation and liability, and fines and penalties, resulting in a possible material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.

Our Suppliers May Fail Us

Many of our suppliers are small firms that produce a limited number of items. Given their limited resources, these firms are susceptible to cash flow issues, production difficulties, quality control issues, and problems in delivering agreed-upon quantities on schedule. We cannot assure you that we would be able, if necessary, to return products to these suppliers and obtain refunds of our purchase price or obtain reimbursement or indemnification from them if their products prove defective. In

14




addition, these suppliers may be unable to withstand a downturn in economic conditions. Significant failures on the part of our key suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

In addition, many of these suppliers require extensive advance notice of our requirements in order to supply products in the quantities we desire. This long lead time requires us to place orders far in advance of the time when certain products will be offered for sale, exposing us to risk of shifts in demand.

Our Reliance on Foreign Suppliers Increases Our Risk of Obtaining Adequate, Timely, and Cost-Effective Product Supplies

We rely to a significant extent on foreign manufacturers of various products that we sell. In addition, many of our domestic suppliers purchase a portion of their products from foreign sources. This reliance increases the risk that we will not have adequate and timely supplies of various products due to local political, economic, social, or environmental conditions (including acts of terrorism, the outbreak of war, or the occurrence of natural disaster), transportation delays (including dock strikes and other work stoppages), restrictive actions by foreign governments, or changes in United States laws and regulations affecting imports or domestic distribution. Reliance on foreign manufacturers also increases our exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates (including the potential revaluation of the Chinese Yuan) and trade infringement claims and reduces our ability to return product for various reasons.

All of our products manufactured overseas and imported into the United States are subject to duties collected by the United States Customs Service. We may be subjected to additional duties, significant monetary penalties, the seizure and the forfeiture of the products we are attempting to import, or the loss of import privileges if we or our suppliers are found to be in violation of U.S. laws and regulations applicable to the importation of our products.

Significant Increases in Inflation or Commodity Prices such as Petroleum, Natural Gas, Electricity, Steel and Paper May Adversely Affect Our Costs, Including Cost of Merchandise

Commodity prices, including oil, have risen significantly in the last few years. This increase and any future increases in commodity prices or inflation may adversely affect our costs, including cost of merchandise and distribution costs.   Furthermore, the trucking industry is experiencing a shortage of drivers, which is exacerbated by higher fuel prices. Our operating results may be adversely affected if we are unable to secure adequate trucking resources to fulfill our delivery schedules to the stores, particularly as we deliver our fall and Christmas seasonal merchandise.

Our Information Systems May Prove Inadequate

We depend on our management information systems for many aspects of our business. We will be materially adversely affected if our management information systems are disrupted or we are unable to improve, upgrade, maintain, and expand our systems, particularly in light of our continued significant increases in the number of stores.

A Weak Fourth Quarter Would Materially Adversely Affect Our Operating Results

Our business is highly seasonal. Our inventories and short-term borrowings grow in the second and third fiscal quarters as we prepare for our peak selling season in the third and fourth fiscal quarters. Our most important quarter in terms of sales, profitability, and cash flow historically has been the fourth fiscal quarter. If for any reason our fourth fiscal quarter results were substantially below expectations, our operating results for the full year would be materially adversely affected, and we could have substantial excess inventory, especially in seasonal merchandise that is difficult to liquidate.

Competition Could Negatively Impact Our Operations

The retail arts and crafts industry is competitive, which could result in the reduction of our prices and our loss of market share. We must remain competitive in the areas of quality, price, breadth of selection, customer service, and convenience. We compete with mass merchants (e.g., Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.), who dedicate a portion of their selling space to a limited selection of craft supplies and seasonal and holiday merchandise, regional chains, and local merchants. We also compete with specialty arts and crafts retailers, which include Hobby Lobby, A.C. Moore Arts & Crafts, Inc., Jo-Ann Superstores (operated by Jo-Ann Stores, Inc.), and Garden Ridge Corporation. Some of our competitors, particularly the mass merchants, are larger and have greater financial resources than we do. In addition, alternative methods of selling crafts, such as over the Internet, could result in additional competitors in the future and increased price competition since our customers could more readily comparison shop. Furthermore, we ultimately compete with alternative sources of entertainment and leisure for our customers.

15




The Interests of Our Controlling Stockholders May Conflict with the Interests of Our Creditors

The Sponsors indirectly own over 93% of the Company’s Common Stock.  The interests of these funds as equity holders may conflict with those of our creditors. The controlling stockholders may have an incentive to increase the value of their investment or cause us to distribute funds at the expense of our financial condition and affect our ability to make payments on the outstanding notes.  In addition, these funds will have the power to elect a majority of our board of directors and appoint new officers and management and, therefore, effectively will control many other major decisions regarding our operations.

We Face Risks Related to SEC Staff Comments

We have received written comments from the SEC staff regarding our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2005 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended April 29, 2006. Following correspondence and discussions with the SEC staff regarding these comments, we made changes to our prior period financial statements and included certain disclosures about those changes in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2006. Although we believe we fully addressed the SEC’s comments with the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, if the SEC staff disagrees with the changes to our financial statements and the related disclosures, we might have to amend our financial statements or disclosures in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2005 and subsequent periodic reports, or prior periodic reports.

ITEM 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.  Properties.

We lease substantially all of the sites for our Michaels, Aaron Brothers, Recollections, and Star Decorators Wholesale stores, with the majority of our stores having initial lease terms of approximately 10 years. The base rental rates for Michaels stores generally range from $120,000 to $390,000 per year. Rental payments for stores open for the full 12-month period of fiscal 2006 averaged $265,400 for our Michaels stores, $150,200 for our Aaron Brothers stores, $110,800 for our Recollection stores, and $285,500 for our Star Decorators Wholesale stores. The leases are generally renewable, with increases in lease rental rates. Lessors have made leasehold improvements to prepare our stores for opening under a majority of our existing leases. As of February 3, 2007, in connection with stores that we plan to open or relocate in future fiscal years, we had signed 48 leases for Michaels stores.

As of March 30, 2007, we lease and occupy the following non-store facilities:

 

 

Square

 

 

 

Footage

 

Distribution centers:

 

 

 

Centralia, Washington

 

715,000

 

City of Commerce, California (Aaron Brothers)

 

174,000

 

Hazleton, Pennsylvania

 

692,000

 

Jacksonville, Florida

 

791,000

 

Lancaster, California

 

763,000

 

New Lenox, Illinois

 

693,000

 

Tarrant County, Texas (including Recollections)

 

431,000

 

 

 

4,259,000

 

 

 

 

 

Artistree:

 

 

 

City of Industry, California (regional processing center)

 

90,000

 

Coppell, Texas (regional processing and fulfillment operations center)

 

230,000

 

Kernersville, North Carolina (manufacturing plant and regional processing center)

 

156,000

 

 

 

476,000

 

 

 

 

 

Office space:

 

 

 

Coppell, Texas (corporate satellite office)

 

67,000

 

Grand Prairie, Texas (corporate processing center)

 

35,000

 

Irving, Texas (corporate headquarters)

 

217,000

 

 

 

319,000

 

 

 

 

 

Coppell, Texas (new store staging warehouse)

 

29,000

 

 

 

5,083,000

 

 

The following table indicates the number of our retail stores and wholesale operations located in each state or province as of March 30, 2007:

16




 

 

 

Number of Stores

 

 

 

 

 

Aaron

 

 

 

Star Decorators

 

 

 

State/Province

 

Michaels

 

Brothers

 

Recollections

 

Wholesale

 

Total

 

Alabama

 

10

 

 

 

 

10

 

Alaska

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

Alberta

 

15

 

 

 

 

15

 

Arizona

 

25

 

9

 

3

 

1

 

38

 

Arkansas

 

3

 

 

 

 

3

 

British Columbia

 

12

 

 

 

 

12

 

California

 

120

 

98

 

 

1

 

219

 

Colorado

 

19

 

8

 

 

 

27

 

Connecticut

 

12

 

 

 

 

12

 

Delaware

 

4

 

 

 

 

4

 

Florida

 

53

 

 

 

 

53

 

Georgia

 

28

 

4

 

 

1

 

33

 

Idaho

 

6

 

1

 

 

 

7

 

Illinois

 

35

 

 

 

 

35

 

Indiana

 

14

 

 

 

 

14

 

Iowa

 

6

 

 

 

 

6

 

Kansas

 

8

 

 

 

 

8

 

Kentucky

 

7

 

 

 

 

7

 

Louisiana

 

11

 

 

 

 

11

 

Maine

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

Manitoba

 

3

 

 

 

 

3

 

Maryland

 

21

 

3

 

2

 

 

26

 

Massachusetts

 

18

 

 

 

 

18

 

Michigan

 

37

 

 

 

 

37

 

Minnesota

 

23

 

 

 

 

23

 

Mississippi

 

3

 

 

 

 

3

 

Missouri

 

18

 

 

 

 

18

 

Montana

 

4

 

 

 

 

4

 

Nebraska

 

4

 

 

 

 

4

 

Nevada

 

10

 

6

 

 

 

16

 

New Brunswick

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

Newfoundland and Labrador

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

New Hampshire

 

6

 

 

 

 

6

 

New Jersey

 

25

 

 

 

 

25

 

New Mexico

 

3

 

 

 

 

3

 

New York

 

41

 

 

 

 

41

 

North Carolina

 

28

 

 

 

 

28

 

North Dakota

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

Nova Scotia

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

Ohio

 

32

 

 

 

 

32

 

Oklahoma

 

7

 

 

 

 

7

 

Ontario

 

26

 

 

 

 

26

 

Oregon

 

13

 

4

 

 

 

17

 

Pennsylvania

 

38

 

 

 

 

38

 

Prince Edward Island

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

Rhode Island

 

3

 

 

 

 

3

 

Saskatchewan

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

South Carolina

 

9

 

 

 

 

9

 

South Dakota

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

Tennessee

 

10

 

 

 

 

10

 

Texas

 

60

 

22

 

4

 

1

 

87

 

Utah

 

10

 

 

 

 

10

 

Vermont

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

Virginia

 

30

 

2

 

2

 

 

34

 

Washington

 

21

 

10

 

 

 

31

 

West Virginia

 

3

 

 

 

 

3

 

Wisconsin

 

16

 

 

 

 

16

 

Total

 

926

 

167

 

11

 

4

 

1,108

 

 

17




ITEM 3.  Legal Proceedings.

Shareholder Claims

State Court Litigation

The Company is a defendant in a consolidated action filed by purported former shareholders Julie Fathergill, Feivel Gottlieb, and Roberta Schuman, who seek to represent a class of other former shareholders.  The action is a consolidation of three previously-filed lawsuits and is pending in the 192nd District Court for Dallas County, Texas.  The plaintiffs’ claims arise out of the Merger and, in addition to Michaels, the plaintiffs name as defendants certain former and then-current officers and directors of Michaels and certain other entities involved in the Merger or affiliated therewith.  The plaintiffs allege that the Merger was procedurally and financially unfair to Michaels’ then-shareholders and assert claims for breach of fiduciary duty against the individual defendants and claims for aiding and abetting such breaches against the entities.  Among other things, plaintiffs seek (i) a declaration that the Merger is void and ordering it rescinded; (ii) an accounting for, disgorgement of, and the imposition of a constructive trust on, property and profits received by the defendants; and (iii) unspecified damages, including rescissory damages. We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in this claim, and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously.

Federal Court Litigation

The Company is also a defendant in a consolidated action filed by former purported shareholders Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund, Albert Hulliung, and James and Christine Ziolkowski, who seek to represent a class of other former shareholders.  This action is a consolidation of three previously-filed actions and is pending in the United States District Court, Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division.

On September 6, 2006, Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund filed a putative class action on behalf of itself and former holders of Michaels Common Stock.  The lawsuit named Michaels and all of its then-current directors as defendants.  The plaintiff alleged that the defendants misrepresented and/or omitted material facts in Michaels’ annual proxy statements for 2004, 2005 and 2006, including, among other things, that Michaels’ reported financial results inflated its reported earnings by not properly recording stock-based compensation expense relating to the granting of stock options, that problems with Michaels’ internal controls prevented it from issuing accurate financial reports and projections, and that Michaels’ directors had received and acquiesced in the granting of backdated stock options.  The plaintiff asserted claims against all of the defendants of (a) violations of Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 14a-9 promulgated thereunder and (b) violations of Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The plaintiff sought, among other relief, an indeterminate amount of damages from the defendants and equitable or injunctive relief, including the rescission of stock option grants.  By an order dated December 8, 2006, Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund was named the lead plaintiff in this action.

On November 27, 2006, Albert Hulliung and James and Christine Ziolkowski (who had previously filed two separate stockholder derivative actions, which were consolidated on November 7, 2006) filed a consolidated class action complaint against Michaels and certain of its former officers and directors on behalf of a class of other former shareholders.  The consolidated complaint alleged that the defendants misrepresented and/or omitted material facts in Michaels’ annual proxy statements for 1993 through 2006, including, among other things, failing to disclose Michaels’ and the defendants’ alleged option backdating practices and the fact that Michaels and the defendants had reported false financial statements as a result of those practices.  The consolidated complaint also alleged that the proxy statements failed to disclose: (a) that Michaels had problems with its internal controls that prevented it from issuing accurate financial reports and projections; (b) that because of improperly recorded stock-based compensation expenses, Michaels’ reported financial results violated GAAP; (c) that Michaels’ public disclosures presented an inflated view of Michaels’ earnings by understating Michaels’s past compensation expenses; (d) that Michaels faced substantial liability for its past and ongoing backdating practices; and (e) that Michaels’ directors had received and acquiesced in the granting of backdated stock options.  The plaintiffs asserted claims against all defendants for violations of Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 14a-9 promulgated thereunder, and sought, among other relief, an indeterminate amount of damages from the defendants, as well as an award of attorneys fees and costs.

18




By an order dated February 1, 2007, the Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund action was consolidated with the Hulliung/Ziolkowski action. We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in these claims, and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously.

Employee Class Action Claims

Cotton Claim

On December 20, 2002, James Cotton, a former store manager of Michaels of Canada, ULC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, and Suzette Kennedy, a former assistant manager of Michaels of Canada, commenced a purported class proceeding against Michaels of Canada and Michaels Stores, Inc. on behalf of themselves and current and former employees employed in Canada. The Cotton claim was filed in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice and alleges that the defendants violated employment standards legislation in Ontario and other provinces and territories of Canada by failing to pay overtime compensation as required by that legislation. The Cotton claim also alleges that this conduct was in breach of the contracts of employment of those individuals. The Cotton claim seeks a declaration that the defendants have acted in breach of applicable legislation, payment to current and former employees for overtime, damages for breach of contract, punitive, aggravated and exemplary damages, interest, and costs. In May of 2005, the plaintiffs delivered material in support of their request that this action be certified as a class proceeding. Michaels filed and served its responding materials opposing class certification on January 31, 2006. A date has not yet been set for the hearing with respect to certification. We intend to contest certification of this claim as a class action. Further, we believe we have certain defenses on the merits and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously. We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in this claim.

Clark Claim

On July 13, 2005, Michael Clark, a former Michaels store assistant manager, and Lucinda Prouty, a former Michaels store department manager, commenced a purported class action proceeding against Michaels Stores, Inc. on behalf of themselves and current and former hourly retail employees employed in California from July 13, 2001 to the present. The Clark suit was filed in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego, and alleges that Michaels failed to pay overtime wages, provide meal and rest periods (or compensation in lieu thereof), and provide itemized employee wage statements. The Clark suit also alleges that this conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law. The plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, damages for unpaid overtime pay, meal break penalties, waiting time penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs. Under the Class Action Fairness Act, we removed the case to federal court on August 5, 2005. The parties participated in a voluntary mediation on October 16, 2006 and have reached a tentative settlement of the case.  Contingent on court approval, the parties have agreed to a claims made process, with no material impact on our statement of operations, balance sheet, or cash flows for any period presented.

Morris Claim

On November 16, 2005, Geoffrey Morris, a former Aaron Brothers employee in San Diego, California, commenced a purported class action proceeding against Aaron Brothers, Inc. on behalf of himself and current and former Aaron Brothers employees in California from November 16, 2001 to the present. The Morris suit was filed in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego, and alleges that Aaron Brothers failed to pay overtime wages, reimburse the plaintiff for necessary expenses (including the cost of gas used in driving his car for business purposes), and provide adequate meal and rest breaks (or compensation in lieu thereof). The Morris suit also alleges that this conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law. The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief, damages for unpaid overtime pay, meal break penalties, waiting time penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs. Morris filed an Amended Complaint on June 8, 2006 and now seeks to represent a class of current and former assistant managers only. The parties participated in a voluntary mediation on December 15, 2006 and have reached a tentative settlement of the case. Contingent on final court approval, the parties have agreed to a claims made process, with no material impact on our statement of operations, balance sheet, or cash flows for any period presented.

DeJoseph Claim

On December 29, 2006, John DeJoseph, a former Michaels store manager in Valencia, California, commenced a purported class action proceeding against Michaels Stores, Inc. on behalf of himself and current and former salaried store employees employed in California from May 10, 2002 to the present. The DeJoseph suit was filed in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles.  The DeJoseph suit alleges that Michaels failed to pay overtime wages,  provide meal periods, accurately record hours worked, provide itemized employee wage statements, and that Michaels unlawfully made deductions

19




from employees’ earnings.  The DeJoseph suit additionally alleges that the foregoing conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law.  The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief, damages for unpaid wages, penalties, restitution, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs.  We have begun investigation into the plaintiff’s claims. We believe we have certain meritorious defenses and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously. We are unable to estimate a range of loss, if any, in this case.

Torgerson Claim

On January 26, 2007, Katherine Torgerson, a former “lead framer” for Aaron Brothers in San Diego, California, filed a purported class action proceeding in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego.  Torgerson filed this action against Aaron Brothers, Inc. on behalf of herself and all current and former California-based leads or keyholders.  The Torgerson suit alleges that Aaron Brothers failed to provide its leads and keyholders with adequate meal and rest breaks (or compensation in lieu thereof) and accurate wage statements.  The Torgerson suit additionally alleges that the foregoing conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law.   The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief, compensatory damages, meal and rest break penalties, waiting time penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs.  We believe we have certain meritorious defenses and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously. We are unable to estimate a range of loss, if any, in this case.

Governmental Inquiries and Related Matters

Non-U.S. Trust Inquiry

In early 2005, the District Attorney’s office of the County of New York and the SEC opened inquiries concerning non-U.S. trusts that directly or indirectly held shares of Michaels Common Stock and Common Stock options. A federal grand jury requested information with respect to the same facts. We are cooperating in these inquiries and have provided information in response to the requests.

Certain of these trusts and corporate subsidiaries of the trusts acquired securities of Michaels in transactions directly or indirectly with Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Sam Wyly, who were, respectively, Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors prior to the consummation of the Merger, or with other Wyly family members. In addition, subsidiaries of certain of these trusts acquired securities directly from us in private placement transactions in 1996 and 1997 and upon the exercise of stock options transferred, directly or indirectly, to the trusts or their subsidiaries by Charles Wyly, Sam Wyly, or other Wyly family members.

We understand that Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly and/or certain of their family members are beneficiaries of irrevocable non-U.S. trusts. The 1996 and 1997 private placement sales by us of Michaels securities to subsidiaries of certain of these trusts were disclosed by us in filings with the SEC. The transfer by Charles Wyly and/or Sam Wyly (or by other Wyly family members or family-related entities) of Michaels securities to certain of these trusts and subsidiaries was also disclosed in filings with the SEC by us and/or by Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly. Based on information provided to us, our SEC filings did not report securities owned by the non-U.S. trusts or their corporate subsidiaries as beneficially owned by Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly prior to 2005.

Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly filed an amended Schedule 13D with the SEC on April 8, 2005, stating that they may be deemed the beneficial owners of Michaels securities held directly or indirectly by the non-U.S. trusts.  In our 2005 and 2006 proxy statements, we included the securities held in the non-U.S. trusts or their separate subsidiaries, as reported by the Wylys, in the beneficial ownership table of our principal stockholders and management, with appropriate footnotes.

Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly had not historically reported purchases and sales of Michaels securities by the non-U.S. trusts and their subsidiaries in reports filed by them with the SEC under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In an April 2005 letter from their counsel, Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly undertook to file any additional required Section 16 reports and to pay us the amount of any Section 16 liability. Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly have not filed additional or amended Section 16 reports with respect to the transactions in question. They have, however, since June 2005, reported on Form 4 filings the ownership of Michaels securities by the non-U.S. trusts and their subsidiaries and the sales of such securities in connection with the Merger.  In those filings, Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly have disclaimed beneficial ownership of the securities except to the extent of a pecuniary interest in the securities.

Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly made a proposal to settle the issue, without admitting or denying that they have or had, for Section 16 purposes, beneficial ownership of Michaels securities that are or were held by the non-U.S. trusts or their subsidiaries. Following that proposal, on March 15, 2006, the Board of Directors appointed a special committee of the Board to

20




investigate and make decisions on behalf of Michaels with respect to the potential Section 16 liability issue. The special committee was also given authority to investigate and respond to the governmental inquiries, described above. The special committee had retained independent counsel to advise it in these matters.

In connection with the consummation of the Merger, all the members of the Board of Directors, including the members of the special committee, resigned.  As a result, the committee no longer exists, and authority concerning those matters has now reverted to the new Board of Directors.  The independent counsel retained by the special committee is now advising the Company.  The Company and Charles Wyly, Sam Wyly and Evan Wyly entered into tolling agreements that have suspended the running of applicable statutes of limitations periods and similar defenses to the potential Section 16 claims from November 6, 2006 through October 5, 2007.

Stock Options Inquiry

On June 15, 2006, following Michaels’ announcement that its Audit Committee had initiated an internal review, referred to below, into the Company’s historical stock options practices, Michaels received a letter from the Division of Enforcement of the SEC requesting that the Company preserve all documents concerning its granting of stock options from 1990 through the present and stating that the SEC intended to request production of such documents in the future. In a letter dated November 15, 2006, the Division requested the documents. A June 16, 2006 grand jury subpoena issued by the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York requesting documents relating to the granting of stock options during the period 1996 to the present was withdrawn in connection with a July 27, 2006 grand jury subpoena issued by the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas on behalf of the Fraud section of the Department of Justice requesting documents relating to the granting of stock options during the same period.  We are cooperating in these inquiries and have provided information in response to the requests.

On August 28, 2006, the Board of Directors appointed a special committee of the Board to investigate and make decisions on behalf of Michaels with respect to these subpoenas and any stock option grant issue raised by the SEC. This committee no longer exists as a result of the resignation of the members of the Board of Directors, including the members of this committee, in connection with the consummation of the Merger, and the authority previously given to the committee has now reverted to the new Board of Directors.

The Company’s Audit Committee conducted an internal review into the Company’s historical stock options practices and concluded that the results of the review did not support a finding of intentional misconduct.  Company management also undertook an internal review of historical stock options practices and related accounting issues from 1990 through the Merger date.  See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more detailed information concerning the Audit Committee internal review and management’s internal review, including management’s conclusions.

Pending shareholder lawsuits against the Company, the then-current and certain former directors, and certain then-current and former officers of Michaels also include claims relating to the Company’s historical stock options practices. See “Shareholder Claims — Federal Court Litigation” above.

General

We are a defendant from time to time in lawsuits incidental to our business. Based on currently available information, we believe that resolution of all known contingencies is uncertain. There can be no assurance that future costs of such litigation would not be material to our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

ITEM 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

The following matters were submitted during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 to a vote of our stockholders:

·                    Following the resignations from our board of directors of each of Charles J. Wyly, Jr., Sam Wyly, Richard E. Hanlon, Richard C. Marcus, Liz Minyard and Cece Smith upon consummation of the Merger, on October 31, 2006, eight new directors were elected by our stockholders to Michaels’ board of directors: Josh Bekenstein, a managing director at Bain, Michael Chae, a senior managing director at Blackstone in the private equity group, Todd Cook, a principal of Bain, Matthew Kabaker, a principal at Blackstone in the private equity group, Lewis Klessel, an executive vice president in the private equity portfolio practice at Bain, Matthew Levin, a managing director at Bain, David McVeigh, an executive director at Blackstone in the private equity group, and James Quella, a senior managing director and senior

21




                          operating partner at Blackstone in the private equity group.  These directors were elected by the written consent of stockholders holding 100% of our outstanding Common Stock.

·                    On January 4, 2007, our stockholders approved the annual base compensation for each of Jeffrey N. Boyer, President and Chief Financial Officer, Gregory A. Sandfort, President and Chief Operating Officer, and Thomas C. DeCaro, Executive Vice President — Supply Chain and approved our Compensation Policy Regarding Company Cars.  These matters were approved by the written consent of stockholders holding approximately 94% of our outstanding Common Stock.

·                    On January 19, 2007, our stockholders approved certain amendments to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, including amendments to increase the number of our authorized shares of Common Stock to 220,000,000 and to clarify that compensation arrangements with officers and employees of Michaels are not transactions with affiliates requiring stockholder approval.  Our stockholders also approved a stock dividend of 1.9333 shares of Common Stock for each outstanding share of Common Stock (excluding any shares of treasury stock) to effect a 2.9333 to 1 stock split.  These matters were approved by the written consent of stockholders holding approximately 94% of our outstanding Common Stock.

PART II

ITEM 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Prior to the Merger, our Common Stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “MIK.” Subsequent to the Merger, our Common Stock is privately held and there is no established public trading market for our stock.

Holders

As of April 2, 2007, there were 41 holders of record of our Common Stock.

Dividends

Prior to the Merger, Michaels declared quarterly cash dividends as follows:

Declaration Date

 

Payable Date

 

Amount
per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2006:

 

 

 

 

 

March 15, 2006

 

April 28, 2006

 

$

0.036

 

June 20, 2006

 

July 31, 2006

 

0.041

 

September 12, 2006

 

October 31, 2006

 

0.041

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

March 15, 2005

 

April 29, 2005

 

$

0.024

 

June 16, 2005

 

July 29, 2005

 

0.034

 

September 13, 2005

 

October 31, 2005

 

0.034

 

December 6, 2005

 

January 31, 2006

 

0.034

 

 

The per share amounts in the table above were adjusted to retroactively reflect the 2.9333-for-one Common Stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend to stockholders of record as of the close of business on January 26, 2007. Our credit facilities and the indentures governing our notes permit dividends to be paid, but there are restrictions as to the amounts which could be paid based on formulas set forth in our debt instruments and agreements.  Also, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation prohibits us from declaring or paying dividends prior to an initial public offering or change of control without the approval of holders of a majority of our outstanding Common Stock.

22




ITEM 6.  Selected Financial Data.

The following financial information for the five most recent fiscal years has been derived from our consolidated financial statements. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere herein. Fiscal years 2005 and prior were restated as further described in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

(as restated)

 

(as restated)

 

(as restated)

 

(as restated)

 

 

 

(In thousands except per share and store data)

 

Results of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,864,976

 

$

3,676,365

 

$

3,393,251

 

$

3,091,256

 

$

2,856,373

 

Operating income

 

203,147

 

381,101

 

342,771

 

292,267

 

242,784

 

Income before cumulative effect of
accounting change

 

41,096

 

228,213

 

203,954

 

171,659

 

131,280

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change,
net of income tax (1) (2)

 

 

7,491

 

 

 

6,296

 

Net income

 

41,096

 

220,722

 

203,954

 

171,659

 

124,984

 

Basic earnings per common share before
cumulative effect of accounting change (3)

 

n/a

 

0.57

 

0.51

 

0.44

 

0.34

 

Basic earnings per common share after
cumulative effect of accounting change (3)

 

n/a

 

0.55

 

0.51

 

0.44

 

0.32

 

Diluted earnings per common share before
cumulative effect of accounting change (3)

 

n/a

 

0.56

 

0.50

 

0.42

 

0.32

 

Diluted earnings per common share after
cumulative effect of accounting change (3)

 

n/a

 

0.55

 

0.50

 

0.42

 

0.30

 

Dividends per common share (3)

 

0.12

 

0.13

 

0.09

 

0.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

30,098

 

$

452,449

 

$

535,852

 

$

341,825

 

$

218,031

 

Merchandise inventories

 

847,529

 

784,173

 

789,351

 

754,228

 

682,681

 

Total current assets

 

1,000,180

 

1,314,726

 

1,481,651

 

1,199,192

 

990,754

 

Total assets

 

1,693,002

 

1,875,633

 

2,022,040

 

1,732,573

 

1,497,458

 

Total current liabilities

 

741,997

 

496,766

 

511,940

 

371,159

 

301,133

 

Long-term debt

 

3,728,745

 

 

200,000

 

200,000

 

200,000

 

Total liabilities

 

4,568,325

 

588,206

 

814,495

 

657,499

 

569,291

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 

(2,875,323

)

1,287,427

 

1,207,545

 

1,075,074

 

928,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from operating activities

 

$

157,113

 

$

363,956

 

$

431,375

 

$

292,834

 

$

111,561

 

Cash flow from investing activities

 

(142,585

)

(67,918

)

(144,709

)

(106,333

)

(110,158

)

Cash flow from financing activities

 

(436,879

)

(379,441

)

(92,639

)

(62,707

)

23,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average net sales per selling square foot (4)

 

$

224

 

$

221

 

$

216

 

$

210

 

$

212

 

Comparable store sales increase (5)

 

0.3

%

3.6

%

4.7

%

2.5

%

4.2

%

Total selling square footage

 

18,130

 

17,365

 

16,612

 

15,681

 

14,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stores Open at End of Year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michaels

 

920

 

885

 

844

 

804

 

754

 

Aaron Brothers

 

166

 

166

 

164

 

158

 

148

 

Recollections

 

11

 

11

 

8

 

2

 

 

Star Decorators Wholesale

 

4

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

Total stores open at end of year

 

1,101

 

1,066

 

1,019

 

967

 

904

 


(Notes on following page.)

23




(Notes from table on preceding page.)

(1)             We changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from a retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded a non-cash charge of $7.5 million, net of income tax, in fiscal 2005 for the cumulative effect of accounting change on prior fiscal years. For further information with respect to this change and other accounting items that affect the comparability of our financial statements, please see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Accounting items.”

(2)             We changed our accounting policy with respect to recording cooperative advertising allowances as of the beginning of fiscal 2002. As a result, we recorded a non-cash charge of $6.3 million, net of income tax, in fiscal 2002 for the cumulative effect of accounting change on fiscal years prior to fiscal 2002.

(3)             The per share amounts in the table were retroactively adjusted to reflect a 2.9333-for-one Common Stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend to stockholders of record as of the close of business on January 26, 2007.

(4)             The calculation of average net sales per selling square foot includes only Michaels stores open longer than 36 months, and excludes Aaron Brothers, Recollections, and Star Decorators Wholesale stores.

(5)             Comparable store sales increase represents the increase in net sales for stores open the same number of months in the indicated and comparable period of the previous year, including stores that were relocated or expanded during either period. A store is deemed to become comparable in its 14th month of operation in order to eliminate grand opening sales distortions. A store temporarily closed more than 2 weeks due to a catastrophic event is not considered comparable during the month it closed. If a store is closed longer than 2 weeks but less than 2 months, it becomes comparable in the month in which it reopens, subject to a mid-month convention. A store closed longer than 2 months becomes comparable in its 14th month of operation after its reopening.

ITEM 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following discussion, as well as other portions of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Any statements contained herein (including, but not limited to, statements to the effect that Michaels or its management “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “expects,” “believes,” “intends,” and other similar expressions) that are not statements of historical fact should be considered forward-looking statements and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this report. Specific examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our forecasts of financial performance, capital expenditures, working capital requirements, workers’ compensation claims exposure and forecasts of effective tax rate. Our actual results could materially differ from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and particularly in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements

On April 2, 2007, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, in consultation with management and our independent registered public accounting firm, determined that our application of our retail inventory method of accounting for merchandise inventory in our Michaels stores contained certain deficiencies. The correction of our retail inventory method resulted in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements for years prior to fiscal 2006.

Our restatement also encompasses other charges recorded in prior fiscal years, the effects of which were previously considered immaterial to their respective periods.  These charges include the correction of an error regarding the deferral of costs related to preparing our inventory for sale and vendor allowance recognition, recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 in the amount of $15.0 million, net of an income tax benefit of $8.9 million.  We also included the lease accounting correction, recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 in the amount of $8.0 million, net of an income tax benefit of $4.8 million. For purposes of this restatement, these previously reported cumulative charges were recorded in each of the prior periods to which they relate.

Finally, our restatement includes the resolution of our previously reported internal review of stock options grant practices. Based on our analysis, the amount of additional non-cash compensation cost that should have been recorded was approximately

24




$27.1 million, net of income tax benefits of approximately $12.7 million, all of which relates to periods prior to fiscal 2001. In our restatement, we recognized this additional compensation cost as an adjustment to our beginning retained earnings and additional paid-in capital balances for fiscal 2002.  For periods presented in this report, this adjustment does not affect results of operations and only resulted in an adjustment of offsetting amounts within the “net cash provided by operating activities” section of our consolidated statements of cash flows, with no change to total cash flow or the classification of cash flows between operating activities, investing activities, or financing activities.

The tables below provide a reconciliation of our consolidated statements of income for fiscal years 2002, 2003, 2004, and 2005, and our consolidated balance sheets as of the end of each fiscal year 2002 through 2005, from amounts previously reported to the restated amounts, with disclosure of the effect of each category of restatement.  Following the tables are additional disclosures surrounding each type of item affecting the restatements. See also the disclosures in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Income Statement

 

 

 

Fiscal 2002

 

 

 

(In thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

Correction of

 

Lease

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

Inventory

 

Accounting

 

Options

 

Total

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Valuation

 

Correction

 

Correction

 

Adjustments

 

Restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

2,856,373

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,856,373

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

1,803,991

 

27,182

 

(172

)

 

27,010

 

1,831,001

 

Gross profit

 

1,052,382

 

(27,182

)

172

 

 

(27,010

)

1,025,372

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

773,944

 

 

 

 

 

773,944

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

8,644

 

 

 

 

 

8,644

 

Operating income

 

269,794

 

(27,182

)

172

 

 

(27,010

)

242,784

 

Interest expense

 

21,074

 

 

 

 

 

21,074

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(1,669

)

 

 

 

 

(1,669

)

Income before income taxes and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

cumulative effect of accounting change

 

250,389

 

(27,182

)

172

 

 

(27,010

)

223,379

 

Provision for income taxes

 

102,659

 

(10,631

)

71

 

 

(10,560

)

92,099

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

147,730

 

(16,551

)

101

 

 

(16,450

)

131,280

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax

 

7,433

 

(1,137

)

 

 

(1,137

)

6,296

 

Net income

 

$

140,297

 

$

(15,414

)

$

101

 

$

 

$

(15,313

)

$

124,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share before cumulativeeffect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.38

 

$

(0.04

)

$

0.00

 

$

 

$

(0.04

)

$

0.34

 

Diluted

 

$

0.36

 

$

(0.04

)

$

0.00

 

$

 

$

(0.04

)

$

0.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share after cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.36

 

$

(0.04

)

$

0.00

 

$

 

$

(0.04

)

$

0.32

 

Diluted

 

$

0.34

 

$

(0.04

)

$

0.00

 

$

 

$

(0.04

)

$

0.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

391,002

 

391,002

 

391,002

 

391,002

 

391,002

 

391,002

 

Diluted

 

413,893

 

413,893

 

413,893

 

413,893

 

413,893

 

413,893

 

 

25




 

 

 

Balance Sheet
Fiscal 2002
For the year ended February 1, 2003
(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Correction of

 

Lease

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

Inventory

 

Accounting

 

Options

 

Total

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Valuation

 

Correction

 

Correction

 

Adjustments

 

Restated

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

218,031

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

218,031

 

Merchandise inventories

 

809,418

 

(126,737

)

 

 

(126,737

)

682,681

 

Prepaid expenses and other

 

18,639

 

 

 

 

 

18,639

 

Deferred income taxes

 

20,352

 

49,287

 

 

1,764

 

51,051

 

71,403

 

Total current assets

 

1,066,440

 

(77,450

)

 

1,764

 

(75,686

)

990,754

 

Property and equipment, at cost

 

716,299

 

 

27,946

 

 

27,946

 

744,245

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(348,602

)

 

(15,775

)

 

(15,775

)

(364,377

)

 

 

367,697

 

 

12,171

 

 

12,171

 

379,868

 

Goodwill, net

 

115,839

 

 

 

 

 

115,839

 

Other assets

 

10,997

 

 

 

 

 

10,997

 

 

 

126,836

 

 

 

 

 

126,836

 

Total assets

 

$

1,560,973

 

$

(77,450

)

$

12,171

 

$

1,764

 

$

(63,515

)

$

1,497,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities And Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

94,764

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

94,764

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

181,867

 

 

1,679

 

 

1,679

 

183,546

 

Income taxes payable

 

22,823

 

 

 

 

 

22,823

 

Total current liabilities

 

299,454

 

 

1,679

 

 

1,679

 

301,133

 

9 1/4% Senior Notes due 2009

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

 

Deferred income taxes

 

21,511

 

 

(4,935

)

 

(4,935

)

16,576

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

27,981

 

 

23,601

 

 

23,601

 

51,582

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

249,492

 

 

18,666

 

 

18,666

 

268,158

 

 

 

548,946

 

 

20,345

 

 

20,345

 

569,291

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

39,582

 

 

 

 

 

39,582

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

471,957

 

 

 

28,861

 

28,861

 

500,818

 

Retained earnings

 

502,665

 

(77,483

)

(8,174

)

(27,097

)

(112,754

)

389,911

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

(2,177

)

33

 

 

 

33

 

(2,144

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

1,012,027

 

(77,450

)

(8,174

)

1,764

 

(83,860

)

928,167

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,560,973

 

$

(77,450

)

$

12,171

 

$

1,764

 

$

(63,515

)

$

1,497,458

 

 

26




 

 

 

Income Statement
Fiscal 2003
(In thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Correction

 

Lease

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

of Inventory

 

Accounting

 

Options

 

Total

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Valuation

 

Correction

 

Correction

 

Adjustments

 

Restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,091,256

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,091,256

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

1,957,273

 

10,692

 

(208

)

 

10,484

 

1,967,757

 

Gross profit

 

1,133,983

 

(10,692

)

208

 

 

(10,484

)

1,123,499

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

823,161

 

 

 

 

 

823,161

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

8,071

 

 

 

 

 

8,071

 

Operating income

 

302,751

 

(10,692

)

208

 

 

(10,484

)

292,267

 

Interest expense

 

20,262

 

 

 

 

 

20,262

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(2,701

)

 

 

 

 

(2,701

)

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

285,190

 

(10,692

)

208

 

 

(10,484

)

274,706

 

Provision for income taxes

 

107,345

 

(4,376

)

78

 

 

(4,298

)

103,047

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

177,845

 

(6,316

)

130

 

 

(6,186

)

171,659

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

177,845

 

$

(6,316

)

$

130

 

$

 

$

(6,186

)

$

171,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.45

 

$

(0.02

)

$

0.00

 

$

 

$

(0.02

)

$

0.44

 

Diluted

 

$

0.43

 

$

(0.02

)

$

0.00

 

$

 

$

(0.02

)

$

0.42

 

Earnings per common share after cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.45

 

$

(0.02

)

$

0.00

 

$

 

$

(0.02

)

$

0.44

 

Diluted

 

$

0.43

 

$

(0.02

)

$

0.00

 

$

 

$

(0.02

)

$

0.42

 

Common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

394,111

 

394,111

 

394,111

 

394,111

 

394,111

 

394,111

 

Diluted

 

410,250

 

410,250

 

410,250

 

410,250

 

410,250

 

410,250

 

 

27




 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet 
Fiscal 2003

 

 

 

For the year ended January 31, 2004
(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Correction of

 

Lease

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

Inventory

 

Accounting

 

Options

 

Total

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Valuation

 

Correction

 

Correction

 

Adjustments

 

Restated

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

341,825

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

341,825

 

Merchandise inventories

 

892,923

 

(138,695

)

 

 

(138,695

)

754,228

 

Prepaid expenses and other

 

29,198

 

 

 

 

 

29,198

 

Deferred income taxes

 

19,426

 

54,181

 

 

334

 

54,515

 

73,941

 

Total current assets

 

1,283,372

 

(84,514

)

 

334

 

(84,180

)

1,199,192

 

Property and equipment, at cost

 

808,230

 

 

31,274

 

 

31,274

 

839,504

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(420,313

)

 

(16,168

)

 

(16,168

)

(436,481

)

 

 

387,917

 

 

15,106

 

 

15,106

 

403,023

 

Goodwill, net

 

115,839

 

 

 

 

 

115,839

 

Other assets

 

14,519

 

 

 

 

 

14,519

 

 

 

130,358

 

 

 

 

 

130,358

 

Total assets

 

$

1,801,647

 

$

(84,514

)

$

15,106

 

$

334

 

$

(69,074

)

$

1,732,573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities And Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

172,708

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

172,708

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

194,395

 

 

1,679

 

 

1,679

 

196,074

 

Income taxes payable

 

2,377

 

 

 

 

 

2,377

 

Total current liabilities

 

369,480

 

 

1,679

 

 

1,679

 

371,159

 

9 1/4% Senior Notes due 2009

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

 

Deferred income taxes

 

28,241

 

 

(4,857

)

 

(4,857

)

23,384

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

36,628

 

 

26,328

 

 

26,328

 

62,956

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

264,869

 

 

21,471

 

 

21,471

 

286,340

 

 

 

634,349

 

 

23,150

 

 

23,150

 

657,499

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

39,893

 

 

 

 

 

39,893

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

462,817

 

 

 

27,431

 

27,431

 

490,248

 

Retained earnings

 

660,365

 

(83,799

)

(8,044

)

(27,097

)

(118,940

)

541,425

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

4,223

 

(715

)

 

 

(715

)

3,508

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

1,167,298

 

(84,514

)

(8,044

)

334

 

(92,224

)

1,075,074

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,801,647

 

$

(84,514

)

$

15,106

 

$

334

 

$

(69,074

)

$

1,732,573

 

 

28




 

 

 

Income Statement
Fiscal 2004
(In thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Correction

 

Lease

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

of Inventory

 

Accounting

 

Options

 

Total

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Valuation

 

Correction

 

Correction

 

Adjustments

 

Restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,393,251

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,393,251

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

2,146,934

 

9,645

 

(12,901

)

 

(3,256

)

2,143,678

 

Gross profit

 

1,246,317

 

(9,645

)

12,901

 

 

3,256

 

1,249,573

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

898,445

 

 

 

 

 

898,445

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

8,357

 

 

 

 

 

8,357

 

Operating income

 

339,515

 

(9,645

)

12,901

 

 

3,256

 

342,771

 

Interest expense

 

20,434

 

 

 

 

 

20,434

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(4,604

)

 

 

 

 

(4,604

)

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

323,685

 

(9,645

)

12,901

 

 

3,256

 

326,941

 

Provision for income taxes

 

121,876

 

(3,746

)

4,857

 

 

1,111

 

122,987

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

201,809

 

(5,899

)

8,044

 

 

2,145

 

203,954

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

201,809

 

$

(5,899

)

$

8,044

 

$

 

$

2,145

 

$

203,954

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.51

 

$

(0.01

)

$

0.02

 

$

 

$

0.01

 

$

0.51

 

Diluted

 

$

0.49

 

$

(0.01

)

$

0.02

 

$

 

$

0.01

 

$

0.50

 

Earnings per common share after cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.51

 

$

(0.01

)

$

0.02

 

$

 

$

0.01

 

$

0.51

 

Diluted

 

$

0.49

 

$

(0.01

)

$

0.02

 

$

 

$

0.01

 

$

0.50

 

Common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

398,567

 

398,567

 

398,567

 

398,567

 

398,567

 

398,567

 

Diluted

 

407,780

 

407,780

 

407,780

 

407,780

 

407,780

 

407,780

 

 

29




 

 

 

Balance Sheet
Fiscal 2004
For the year ended January 29, 2005
(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Correction of

 

Lease

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

Inventory

 

Accounting

 

Options

 

Total

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Valuation

 

Correction

 

Correction

 

Adjustments

 

Restated

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

535,852

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

535,852

 

Short-term investments

 

50,379

 

 

 

 

 

50,379

 

Merchandise inventories

 

936,395

 

(147,044

)

 

 

(147,044

)

789,351

 

Prepaid expenses and other

 

26,613

 

 

 

 

 

26,613

 

Deferred income taxes

 

22,032

 

57,424

 

 

 

57,424

 

79,456

 

Total current assets

 

1,571,271

 

(89,620

)

 

 

(89,620

)

1,481,651

 

Property and equipment, at cost

 

913,174

 

 

 

 

 

913,174

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(506,193

)

 

 

 

 

(506,193

)

 

 

406,981

 

 

 

 

 

406,981

 

Goodwill, net

 

115,839

 

 

 

 

 

115,839

 

Other assets

 

17,569

 

 

 

 

 

17,569

 

 

 

133,408

 

 

 

 

 

133,408

 

Total assets

 

$

2,111,660

 

$

(89,620

)

$

 

$

 

$

(89,620

)

$

2,022,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities And Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

256,266

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

256,266

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

242,682

 

 

 

 

 

242,682

 

Income taxes payable

 

12,992

 

 

 

 

 

12,992

 

Total current liabilities

 

511,940

 

 

 

 

 

511,940

 

9 1/4% Senior Notes due 2009

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

 

Deferred income taxes

 

30,355

 

 

 

 

 

30,355

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

72,200

 

 

 

 

 

72,200

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

302,555

 

 

 

 

 

302,555

 

 

 

814,495

 

 

 

 

 

814,495

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

39,814

 

 

 

 

 

39,814

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

425,208

 

 

 

27,097

 

27,097

 

452,305

 

Retained earnings

 

826,821

 

(89,698

)

 

(27,097

)

(116,795

)

710,026

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

5,322

 

78

 

 

 

78

 

5,400

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

1,297,165

 

(89,620

)

 

 

(89,620

)

1,207,545

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

2,111,660

 

$

(89,620

)

$

 

$

 

$

(89,620

)

$

2,022,040

 

 

30




 

 

 

Income Statement
Fiscal 2005
(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Correction

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

of Inventory

 

Options

 

Total

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Valuation

 

Correction

 

Adjustments

 

Restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,676,365

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,676,365

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

2,317,082

 

(16,761

)

 

(16,761

)

2,300,321

 

Gross profit

 

1,359,283

 

16,761

 

 

16,761

 

1,376,044

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

987,312

 

 

 

 

987,312

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

7,631

 

 

 

 

7,631

 

Operating income

 

364,340

 

16,761

 

 

16,761

 

381,101

 

Interest expense

 

22,409

 

 

 

 

22,409

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(9,944

)

 

 

 

(9,944

)

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

351,875

 

16,761

 

 

16,761

 

368,636

 

Provision for income taxes

 

132,363

 

8,060

 

 

8,060

 

140,423

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

219,512

 

8,701

 

 

8,701

 

228,213

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 net of income tax

 

88,488

 

(80,997

)

 

(80,997

)

7,491

 

Net income

 

$

131,024

 

$

89,698

 

$

 

$

89,698

 

$

220,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.02

 

$

 

$

0.02

 

$

0.57

 

Diluted

 

$

0.54

 

$

0.02

 

$

 

$

0.02

 

$

0.56

 

Earnings per common share after cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.33

 

$

0.23

 

$

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.55

 

Diluted

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.22

 

$

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.55

 

Common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

398,138

 

398,138

 

398,138

 

398,138

 

398,138

 

Diluted

 

403,967

 

403,967

 

403,967

 

403,967

 

403,967

 

 

31




 

 

 

Balance Sheet
Fiscal 2005

For the year ended January 28, 2006
(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Correction of

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

Inventory

 

Options

 

Total

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Valuation

 

Correction

 

Adjustments

 

Restated

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

452,449

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

452,449

 

Merchandise inventories

 

784,032

 

141

 

 

141

 

784,173

 

Prepaid expenses and other

 

44,042

 

 

 

 

44,042

 

Deferred income taxes

 

34,125

 

(63

)

 

(63

)

34,062

 

Total current assets

 

1,314,648

 

78

 

 

78

 

1,314,726

 

Property and equipment, at cost

 

1,011,201

 

 

 

 

1,011,201

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(586,382

)

 

 

 

(586,382

)

 

 

424,819

 

 

 

 

424,819

 

Goodwill, net

 

115,839

 

 

 

 

115,839

 

Other assets

 

20,249

 

 

 

 

20,249

 

 

 

136,088

 

 

 

 

136,088

 

Total assets

 

$

1,875,555

 

$

78

 

$

 

$

78

 

$

1,875,633

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities And Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

193,595

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

193,595

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

282,499

 

 

 

 

282,499

 

Income taxes payable

 

20,672

 

 

 

 

20,672

 

Total current liabilities

 

496,766

 

 

 

 

496,766

 

Deferred income taxes

 

2,803

 

 

 

 

2,803

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

88,637

 

 

 

 

88,637

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

91,440

 

 

 

 

91,440

 

 

 

588,206

 

 

 

 

588,206

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

39,254

 

 

 

 

39,254

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

360,755

 

 

27,097

 

27,097

 

387,852

 

Retained earnings

 

907,773

 

 

(27,097

)

(27,097

)

880,676

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

7,511

 

78

 

 

78

 

7,589

 

Treasury stock

 

(27,944

)

 

 

 

(27,944

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

1,287,349

 

78

 

 

78

 

1,287,427

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,875,555

 

$

78

 

$

 

$

78

 

$

1,875,633

 

 

Correction of Inventory Valuation

The preceding tables include the combined effects of our corrections of our historical retail inventory method and our inventory cost deferral/vendor allowance recognition. Information detailing the individual corrections and the associated impacts on key financial statement line items by fiscal year is presented below.

Correction of Retail Inventory Method

We used a retail inventory method of accounting for merchandise inventories in our Michaels stores in fiscal years prior to 2005. We have determined that our historical retail inventory method contained certain deficiencies. A critical component of

32




the retail inventory method is the calculation of the cost complement, or the ratio of merchandise available for sale at cost to merchandise available for sale at full retail value.  Our calculation of the cost complement did not include appropriate adjustments for shrink, store use, and certain markdowns; instead, we captured shrink, store use, and certain markdowns in ending inventory at retail value.  Excluding appropriate adjustments for shrink, store use, and certain markdowns from our retail inventory method calculation resulted in an overstatement of the cost complement used to determine ending inventory at cost, which resulted in overstating ending inventories at cost, and understating cost of sales.  To correct these deficiencies, we revised our retail inventory method to incorporate historically available information from our POS system for computing the cost complement and can now appropriately account for shrink, store use, and certain markdowns.

The table below provides the effects of our correction to our retail inventory method on certain line items within the consolidated statements of income. The correction of our retail inventory method inherently affected the previously reported cumulative effect of change in accounting in fiscal 2002 related to our adoption of EITF Issue 02-16, Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Cash Consideration Received from a Vendor. The revised cumulative effect of accounting change increased our fiscal 2002 net income by $1.1 million.

Correction of Retail Inventory Method

(In thousands)

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Cost of Sales

 

$

3,339

 

$

9,412

 

$

20,491

 

Operating Income

 

(3,339

)

(9,412

)

(20,491

)

Tax Benefit

 

(1,297

)

(3,852

)

(7,974

)

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

(2,042

)

(5,560

)

(12,517

)

Net Income

 

(2,042

)

(5,560

)

(11,380

)

 

As previously reported, effective as of the beginning of fiscal 2005, we changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from our historical retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method. As a result of this change in method, in the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we previously reported a cumulative effect of accounting change of $88.5 million, net of an income tax benefit of $54.2 million. For the full year of fiscal 2005, we previously reported that the conversion to the weighted average cost method reduced our cost of sales by approximately $300,000. The correction to our retail inventory method of accounting inherently affects the amount of the cumulative effect of accounting change we reported in fiscal 2005, and the impact to fiscal 2005 cost of sales related to the change in accounting to the weighted average cost method. There is no impact to the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2006 because we utilized the weighted average cost method for fiscal years 2005 and 2006.

Inventory Cost Deferral and Vendor Allowance Recognition Correction

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we previously reported that we made certain adjustments to our calculation of deferring costs related to preparing inventory for sale and for vendor allowance recognition, and recognized a $15.0 million charge,  net of an income tax benefit of $8.9 million. However, as we are restating our prior years’ financial statements to correct our retail inventory method of accounting, which had a material effect on fiscal 2005, we are also recording this correction in the appropriate periods.

Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we computed vendor allowances to be deferred based on the turnover rate of our store-level inventories. However, as the allowances were earned on all inventories, not just store-level inventories, we corrected our method to defer estimated vendor allowances based on the turnover rate of all inventories on hand.

Our deferral of costs related to preparing inventory for sale includes costs incurred in the operation of our distribution centers (“DC costs”) as well as purchasing and replenishment costs (“Other costs”). Prior to our correction of the deferral calculation in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we combined DC and Other costs and deferred them over the inventory turnover rate of our DC-sourced inventories. The correction to our deferral calculation involved isolating DC and Other costs and deferring DC costs based on the inventory turnover rate of our DC-sourced inventories and deferring Other costs over the turnover rate of all inventories. We applied the turnover rate of all inventories to the deferral of Other costs as these costs were incurred in bringing all goods to their saleable condition in the stores, not just those sourced from our distribution centers.

33




The restatement of inventories valued under our historical retail inventory method inherently affects the computation of the inventory costs and vendor allowances to be deferred in each year. The table below provides the effects of our restatement of the correction to the cost deferral and vendor allowance recognition (previously recorded in fiscal 2005) on certain line items within the consolidated statements of income for fiscal years 2002 through 2005:

Correction of Cost Deferral and Vendor Allowances

(In thousands)

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Cost of Sales

 

$

(16,761

)

$

6,306

 

$

1,280

 

$

6,691

 

Operating Income

 

16,761

 

(6,306

)

(1,280

)

(6,691

)

Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

8,060

 

(2,449

)

(524

)

(2,657

)

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

8,701

 

(3,857

)

(756

)

(4,034

)

Net Income

 

10,019

 

(3,857

)

(756

)

(4,034

)

 

Lease Accounting Correction

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, we previously reported an $8.0 million charge, net of an income tax benefit of $4.8 million, as a cumulative adjustment to earnings to correct our lease accounting associated with property leases.  This correction was based on certain views expressed in a letter of February 7, 2005 from the Office of the Chief Accountant of the SEC to the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Prior to our correction, we historically reported straight-line rental expense beginning on the earlier of the store opening date or the commencement date of the lease. This had the effect of excluding the pre-opening or build-out period of our stores from the calculation of the period over which we expensed rent. In addition, amounts received as tenant allowances were reflected in the balance sheet as a reduction to store leasehold improvement costs instead of classifying them as deferred lease credits. Following our review, we corrected our accounting policies such that we begin recording rent expense on the date we take possession of or control physical access to the premises. We also recognize tenant allowances as a liability and accrete the liability as a reduction to rent expense over the same period in which rent expense is calculated.

The allocation of the lease accounting charge to prior periods resulted in immaterial adjustments to the income statement for fiscal years 2002, 2003, and 2004; almost all of the previously reported charge was reflected as an adjustment to our beginning retained earnings balance for fiscal 2002. We also restated our gross property and equipment balances, our accrued liabilities, and other long-term liabilities. The changes in gross property and equipment reflect the reclassification of tenant allowances to other long-term liabilities, which were previously reflected as a reduction of property and equipment. The changes in other long-term liabilities reflect the cumulative adjustment to the accrued rent balance and deferred lease credits related to tenant allowances. We restated our long-term deferred income tax liability primarily as a result of a change in the cumulative timing differences related to deductions associated with straight-line rent expense and leasehold amortization expense.

The restatement associated with our property leases did not impact fiscal 2005 or 2006, the timing of the payments under related leases, or future net cash flows. Our previously reported cash flows for fiscal years 2002, 2003, and 2004 classified tenant allowances received during each of those years as a reduction of capital expenditures. Therefore, we reclassified tenant allowances for fiscal years 2002, 2003, and 2004 in the amount of $2.1 million, $3.3 million, and $3.6 million, respectively, from investing activities to operating activities.

Resolution of Internal Review of Historical Stock Options Grant Practices

Based on media reports regarding historical stock options practices at other publicly traded companies regarding allegations of “backdating” option grants, the Company’s Audit Committee conducted an internal review into the Company’s historical stock options practices, including a review of the Company’s underlying option grant documentation and procedures and related accounting. The Audit Committee’s internal review was conducted with the assistance of independent legal counsel and outside accounting experts. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm was informed about the internal review. The Company also voluntarily reported the commencement of this review to the SEC.

The Audit Committee review focused principally on the question of whether there may have been intentional wrongdoing in the Company’s historical stock options granting practices. On August 25, 2006, the Audit Committee’s independent legal

34




counsel presented its final report to the Audit Committee, which stated that the investigation conducted by independent counsel did not support a conclusion that there was intentional misconduct. Based on the independent counsel report, the Audit Committee concluded that the results of the investigation did not support a finding of intentional misconduct.

The Company has also completed its separate internal review of historical stock options practices and related accounting issues from 1990 through the Merger date. In this review, the Company has been advised, with respect to specific Delaware law issues, by independent Delaware counsel and, with respect to specific Texas law issues, by independent Texas counsel. Management of the Company discussed its internal review and related judgments, described below, with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and the new Board of Directors and Audit Committee.

The Company historically used its stock option program as a key component of compensation for both its officers and a broad group of non-officer employees. The Company granted stock options principally, but not invariably, utilizing a process in which an authorized committee of the Board would approve stock option grants from time to time through unanimous written consent resolutions with specified effective dates that generally preceded the date on which the consents were fully executed by members of the applicable committee. From October 2001 through the Merger date, the Company continued to use unanimous written consent resolutions to grant stock options but in a modified process based on established pre-determined effective grant dates and generally pre-determined grant levels for its stock option program. Prior to October 2001, some grants were made on the basis of pre-determined grant dates and pre-determined grant levels; others were not. Most of the stock option grants during the period under review were dated prior to the approval of the grants by the Board or a Board committee for various reasons, including the design and use of the unanimous written consent process, delays in the initiation of the written consents, general administrative deficiencies, and actions taken to correct what the Company believed were mistakes or omissions in the grant process. Notwithstanding that the Audit Committee concluded that the results of the investigation did not support a finding of intentional misconduct, the Company has identified accounting issues related to certain of the stock option grants prior to October 2001.

The Company historically considered the effective date specified in an option and the effective date specified in the written consents by the applicable committee as the accounting measurement date for determining stock-based compensation expense under APB No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. For all of the post-October 2001 options grants through the Merger date, and for many of the pre-October 2001 options grants, the Company has concluded that the accounting measurement date historically used was correct and appropriate, and that there is no unrecognized non-cash compensation expense with respect to those grants.

Certain grants that were reviewed in the period 1990 to 2001 were considered non-routine and not made pursuant to formal or informal guidelines or generally understood policies or practices, nor made automatically under a standing Board or committee resolution. Based on the advice it received and its own review of Company records, the Company concluded that the measurement date for these certain non-routine grants would likely be considered different from the measurement date originally used in accounting for such grants. In connection with those grants, the Company is unable to definitively determine the actual measurement date based on existing records. The Company estimated the measurement date based on its knowledge of the approval process, subsequent meetings that occurred, and estimates of the time that would have lapsed to obtain documented approval for those grants. To the extent the exercise price of an option was less than the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on an estimated measurement date different than the original measurement date, the difference represents the Company’s estimate of the amount of non-cash compensation expense that should have been recorded over the vesting period of the option.

Based on the Company’s analysis, the amount of additional non-cash compensation cost that should have been recorded was approximately $27.1 million, net of income tax benefits of approximately $12.7 million, all of which relates to periods prior to fiscal 2001. The Company recognized this additional compensation cost as an adjustment to its beginning retained earnings balance for fiscal 2002.  The adjustment does not affect results of operations or the statement of cash flows in any period presented in the Company’s Form 10-K for fiscal 2006. All stock options in question were exercised prior to the end of fiscal 2005. The effect on the Company’s financial position as of the end of fiscal 2002 and 2003 is to reduce retained earnings and increase additional paid-in capital, with an immaterial impact on total stockholders’ equity related to deferred taxes.  There was no impact on total stockholders’ equity (deficit) as of the end of each of the fiscal years 2004, 2005, and 2006.

The table below provides the compensation expense and related income tax benefit by year, including the cumulative effect on retained earnings, for all prior fiscal periods subject to the review:

35




 

 

Pre-Tax

 

Income Tax

 

Total

 

Fiscal Year

 

Adjustment

 

Benefit

 

Impact

 

1990

 

$

2,203

 

$

879

 

$

1,324

 

1991

 

1,095

 

443

 

652

 

1992

 

1,398

 

547

 

851

 

1993

 

1,722

 

660

 

1,062

 

1994

 

2,115

 

796

 

1,319

 

1995

 

2,916

 

1,207

 

1,709

 

1996

 

19,040

 

4,561

 

14,479

 

1997

 

3,235

 

1,229

 

2,006

 

1998

 

602

 

229

 

373

 

1999

 

4,805

 

1,881

 

2,924

 

2000

 

664

 

266

 

398

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect at February 2, 2002

 

$

39,795

 

$

12,698

 

$

27,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

39,795

 

$

12,698

 

$

27,097

 

 

Based on the Company’s evaluation, the Company believes that previously deducted compensation related to exercised stock options that is now considered non-deductible under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code is immaterial to the results of operations, cash flow, or the Company’s financial position.

Overview

We are the largest arts and crafts specialty retailer in North America, with sales of approximately $3.9 billion in the United States and Canada. Our primary retail business is our operation of 926 Michaels stores across North America. We also operate three additional businesses: our 167 Aaron Brothers stores, a custom frame, framing, and art supply chain; our 11 Recollections stores, a scrapbooking/paper crafting concept; and four Star Decorators Wholesale locations, a floral/home décor concept (all store counts are as of March 30, 2007).

Our mission is to help our customers express themselves creatively. Through our broad product assortments, friendly, knowledgeable sales associates, educational in-store events, project sheets and displays, and on-line information, we offer a shopping experience that encourages creativity in the areas of arts, crafts, floral displays, framing, home accents, and children’s hobbies and activities.

Over the past ten years, we have focused on improving store operations and inventory management capabilities in our Michaels stores while continuing a strong store growth program and developing new retail and wholesale concepts.

Since fiscal 1996, we have refined or implemented our:

·       inventory management system,

·       POS system,

·       warehouse management capabilities,

·       transportation management system,

·       seasonal merchandise allocation system,

·       financial and human resource management systems,

·       store merchandise planogram processes,

·       retail merchandising systems, and

·       weighted average cost stock ledger.

36




During fiscal 2003, we completed the first phase of a two-part project to further improve our inventory management capabilities. The first phase involved implementing a perpetual inventory system in our Michaels stores, which was completed in January 2004. In fiscal 2004, we completed the implementation of the second phase of this project, the installation of an automated replenishment system for our basic, replenishable SKUs.

In fiscal 2007, one of our primary objectives will be to increase the sales and productivity of our Michaels stores. We plan to accomplish this by focusing on merchandise assortment, optimizing in-stock positions, enhancing our customers’ in-store experiences, and improving marketing and execution.  We also aim to increase our Michaels’ stores margins through specific initiatives designed to improve our pricing and promotional strategy, inventory management, supply chain and sourcing processes.  In addition, we continue to refine the business models of our Aaron Brothers, Recollections, and Star Decorators Wholesale operations. Also, in fiscal 2007, we plan to open approximately 45-50 Michaels stores, funded primarily through cash generated by operating activities and  additional borrowings under our revolving credit agreement.

The Merger

On October 31, 2006, substantially all of the Common Stock of Michaels Stores, Inc. was acquired through a merger transaction by the Sponsors, with certain shares retained by affiliates of Highfields Capital Partners (a then-existing shareholder of Michaels Stores, Inc.). As a result of the Merger, Michaels Holdings LLC, an entity controlled by the Sponsors, owns over 93% of our outstanding Common Stock, which is no longer publicly traded. We accounted for the Merger as a leveraged recapitalization whereby the historical book value of the assets and liabilities of Michaels will be maintained with no push down accounting required.

The Merger was financed by the issuance of debt as described in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below, as well as:

·       Equity investments from the Sponsors and the retention of certain shares held by affiliates of Highfields Capital Partners, and

·       Our available cash as of the date of the Merger.

The Merger occurred simultaneously with the closing of the financing and equity transactions referred to above as well as the termination of our previous $300 million senior unsecured credit facility with Bank of America, N.A (Credit Agreement). For further description of the financing transactions, see the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below.

In connection with the completion of the Merger, we entered into management agreements with each of the Sponsors pursuant to which the Sponsors will provide management services to us until December 31, 2016, with evergreen extensions thereafter.  Pursuant to these agreements, the Sponsors will receive an aggregate annual management fee equal to $12.0 million and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreements.  In addition, pursuant to these agreements, the Sponsors received, in connection with the completion of the Merger, aggregate transaction fees of approximately $60.0 million in connection with services provided by them related to the Merger, and we directly reimbursed the Sponsors, or paid on their behalf, fees incurred by them in connection with the Merger.  Finally, the management agreements provide that the Sponsors are entitled to receive fees in connection with certain subsequent financing, acquisition, disposition and change of control transactions of 1% of the gross transaction value of any such transaction.  The management agreements include customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Sponsors.  The management agreements may be terminated by the Sponsors at any time and terminate automatically upon an initial public offering or a change of control unless we and the Sponsors determine otherwise.  Upon termination, each provider of management services will be entitled to a termination fee calculated based on the present value of the annual fees due during the remaining period from the date of termination to the tenth anniversary of the date of the Merger.

In connection with the completion of the Merger, we entered into a management agreement with Highfields Capital Management LP, an affiliate of the Highfields Capital Partners, that provides for an annual management fee of $1.0 million for services that Highfields Capital Management LP renders to us following the completion of the Merger.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have prepared our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and these financial statements necessarily include some amounts that are based on our informed judgments and estimates. Our senior management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting estimates, and the disclosure in this

37




section of this report regarding them, with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Our critical accounting policies represent those policies that are subject to judgments and uncertainties. As discussed below, our financial position and results of operations may be materially different when reported under different conditions or when using different assumptions in the application of these policies. In the event estimates or assumptions prove to be different from actual amounts, adjustments are made in subsequent periods to reflect more current information. Our critical accounting policies include:

Merchandise Inventories—For fiscal 2005 and 2006, merchandise inventories at Michaels stores are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using a weighted average method. Included in our cost basis are costs incurred in making inventories available for sale in our stores, such as freight and other distribution costs. We utilize perpetual inventory records to value inventory in our Michaels stores. Physical inventory counts are performed in a significant number of stores at the end of each fiscal quarter by a third party inventory counting service firm, with substantially all stores open longer than one year subject to at least one annual count. We adjust our perpetual records based on the results of the physical counts.

Cost is calculated based upon the purchase order cost of an item at the time it is received by us, reconciled to actual vendor invoices, and also includes the cost of warehousing, handling, purchasing, and transporting the inventory to the stores. The cost of warehousing, handling, purchasing, and transporting, as well as vendor allowances, are recognized through cost of sales when the inventory is sold.  Due to systems limitations, it is impracticable for us to assign specific costs and allowances to individual units of inventory. As such, to properly match net costs against the related revenues, we must use all available information to appropriately estimate the costs and allowances to be deferred and recognized each period. Our estimate of when inventory is sold affects the deferral, and subsequent income statement recognition, of costs incurred in preparing inventory for sale and represents the most significant estimate in that calculation; any changes in this estimate could have a material impact on the financial statements.  Vendor allowances, which primarily represent volume rebates and cooperative advertising funds, are recorded as a reduction of the cost of the merchandise inventories. We earn vendor allowances as a consistent percentage of certain merchandise purchases with no minimum purchase requirements. We did not have any vendor allowance programs in fiscal 2006 that were based on purchase volume milestones and had only an immaterial amount of milestone-based allowance programs in fiscal 2004 and 2005.

We maintain a provision for estimated shrinkage based on the actual historical results of our physical inventories. We compare our estimates to the actual results of the physical inventory counts as they are taken and adjust the shrink estimates accordingly. We also record adjustments to the value of inventory equal to the difference between the carrying value and the estimated market value, based on assumptions about future demand.

Fiscal 2004 merchandise inventories at Michaels stores were valued at the lower of cost or market using a retail inventory method. We performed complete physical inventories at a significant sample of stores at the end of each fiscal quarter to estimate ending inventories valued at retail for all Michaels stores to be used in our retail inventory method. In determining our cost of goods sold and ending inventory at cost, we utilized a single pool of inventory for our Michaels’ stores inventories. A critical component of the cost of goods sold calculation is the calculation of the cost complement, or the ratio of merchandise available for sale at cost to merchandise available for sale at full retail value. We incorporated information from our POS system to develop estimates of shrink, store use, and certain markdowns when computing the cost complement. These estimates may materially affect the calculation of the cost of goods sold and ending inventory values. We recorded permanent markdown reserves in the period in which we determined that markdowns were required to sell certain merchandise. Such markdowns were based on each store’s perpetual inventory records.

Our success in managing our inventories is dependent on our ability to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing customer demand and preferences for products and supplies used in creative activities. If we misjudge the market, we may significantly overstock unpopular products and be forced to record significant inventory reserves. Amounts recorded for inventory reserves are estimates, which could vary significantly, either favorably or unfavorably, from actual requirements if future economic conditions or competitive conditions differ from our expectations.

Goodwill—We have made acquisitions in the past that included a significant amount of goodwill. We perform annual impairment tests of goodwill by comparing the book values of our reporting units to their estimated fair values. The estimated fair values of our reporting units are computed using estimates that include a discount factor in valuing future cash flows. There are assumptions and estimates underlying the determination of fair value and any resulting impairment loss. Another estimate using different, but still reasonable, assumptions could produce different results. To date, we have not experienced any impairment of our goodwill; however, there can be no assurance that future impairment will not result should our operating results deteriorate for reasons such as those described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” herein.

Reserve for Closed Facilities—We maintain a reserve for future rental obligations, carrying costs, and other closing costs related to closed facilities, primarily closed and relocated stores. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 146, Costs

38




Associated With Disposal Activities, we recognize exit costs for any store closures at the time the store is closed. Such  costs are recorded within the “Cost of sales and occupancy expense” line item on our consolidated statements of income.

The cost of closing a store or facility is calculated as the lesser of the present value of future rental obligations remaining under the lease (less estimated sublease rental income) or the lease termination fee. Once a store has been identified for closure, we accelerate the remaining depreciation so that the assets are fully depreciated at the date of closure. The determination of the reserves is dependent on our ability to make reasonable estimates of costs to be incurred post-closure and of rental income to be received from subleases. In planning our store closures, we generally try to time our exits as close to the lease termination date as possible to minimize the need for sublease income to offset any remaining lease obligation. The reserves could vary materially if market conditions were to vary significantly from our assumptions.

Revenue Recognition—Revenue from sales of our merchandise is recognized at the time of the merchandise sale, excluding revenue from the sale of custom frames, which is recognized at the time of delivery. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes collected. We allow for merchandise to be returned under most circumstances and provide for a reserve of estimated returns. When calculating our deferred framing revenue, we currently estimate the length of time between the customer placing the order at the store and customer pick-up based on the best available information from our systems. A significant change in the length of time between the custom frame order and customer pick-up or a significant change in the underlying trends of our sales returns may materially affect our future operating results.

We record a gift card liability on the date we issue the gift card to the customer. We record revenue and reduce the gift card liability as the customer redeems the gift card. We escheat the value of unredeemed gift cards where required by law. Any remaining liabilities not subject to escheatment are evaluated to determine whether the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed is remote (gift card breakage). We recognize gift card breakage as revenue, by applying our estimate of the rate of gift card breakage over the period of estimated performance (36 months as of the end of fiscal 2006). Our estimates of the gift card breakage rate are applied to the estimated amount of gift cards that are expected to go unused that are not subject to escheatment and are based on customers’ historical redemption rates and patterns, which may not be indicative of future redemption rates and patterns. Prior to fiscal 2005, we did not have adequate historical information to estimate gift card breakage.

Share-Based Compensation Expenses—We elected to early adopt SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. This accounting standard requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value over the requisite service period. We applied the provisions of the modified retrospective transition method as permitted by SFAS No. 123(R) from the beginning of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded compensation expense for unvested awards based on the amounts previously determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, for the first three quarters of fiscal 2005 and under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005.

Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2005, compensation cost was based on the grant date fair value of the award and ratably recognized as an expense over the effective vesting period. Determining fair value of our stock options requires judgment, including estimating the expected terms of the options, expected volatility of our Common Stock share price, expected dividends, and forfeitures.

Upon the effective date of the Merger, all outstanding share-based awards were vested and the awards were converted into the right to receive, in cash, the applicable portion of the Merger consideration.  Subsequent to the Merger and through February 3, 2007, there were no share-based awards issued or outstanding.

Income Taxes—We record income tax expense using the liability method for taxes and are subject to income tax in many jurisdictions, including the United States, various states and localities, and Canada. A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on the tax returns for the current year and a deferred tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized. If different assumptions had been used, our tax expense, assets, and liabilities could have varied from recorded amounts. If actual results differ from estimated results or if we adjust these assumptions in the future, we may need to adjust our deferred tax assets or liabilities, which could impact our effective tax rate.

39




General

We report on the basis of a 52 or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. References to fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year began. Fiscal 2006 ended on February 3, 2007, fiscal 2005 ended on January 28, 2006, and fiscal 2004 ended on January 29, 2005. Fiscal year 2006 contained 53 weeks, while fiscal 2005 and 2004 contained 52 weeks. All references herein to fiscal 2006 relate to the 53 weeks ending February 3, 2007.

Accounting Items

Fiscal 2006

Merger Expenses—During fiscal 2006, we expensed approximately $239.7 million of Merger-related costs, of which $205.4 million was classified as transaction expenses and $33.6 million was classified as related party expenses in our consolidated statement of income; the remaining $700,000 was classified as interest expense.  Of the $239.7 million recorded in fiscal 2006, $218.0 million was recorded in our fourth quarter of fiscal 2006.  Approximately $138.3 million of the $239.7 million consisted of compensation expense (primarily share-based compensation) and $100.0 million was related to investment banking, legal, accounting, and other professional fees.

We capitalized $124.7 million of costs related to the issuance of our various debt instruments, which are more fully described in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.  We will amortize these costs over the lives of the respective debt instruments. During fiscal 2006, amortization expense associated with deferred financing costs was $4.5 million and was recognized as a component of interest expense in our consolidated statement of income.

As certain of the Merger expenses were not deductible for tax purposes, we incurred permanent differences which adversely impacted our effective tax rate.  Despite a loss before cumulative effect of accounting change during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we recorded an income tax expense in that quarter. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2006 was 62.6%.

Fiscal 2005

Transition to Cost Accounting—We changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from a retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, effective as of the beginning of that fiscal year. We believe the weighted average cost method is preferable because we believe it:

·       results in greater precision in the determination of cost of sales and inventories as each store/SKU combination is supported by perpetual records valued at cost using SKU level purchase order inputs, allowing for a reduction in the number of significant management estimates that were used in our retail inventory method;

·       provides greater insight into shrink using more accurate periodic shrink expense analysis and reporting at the store/SKU level;

·       aligns financial reporting with the operational view of the Company, which provides consistency in analysis of inventory management measures; and

·       increases the accuracy of matching sales with related expenses, as cost of sales will represent the average cost of the individual items sold rather than an average of the entire pool, eliminating any fluctuations as a result of seasonal changes in the markup percentage of inventory on hand at the end of each quarter.

The effect of this change as of January 28, 2006, was presented in the income statement as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $7.5 million, or approximately $0.01 per diluted share, which was net of an income tax benefit of $4.8 million. The inventory balance as of the beginning of fiscal 2005 was approximately $777.1 million on the weighted average cost method, which was approximately $12.3 million lower than the inventory balance reported under our retail inventory method. The non-cash reduction in the inventory balance was due to the change in accounting principle and was not an indication of an inventory impairment, as the underlying retail value of the Company’s inventories was not affected by this accounting change.

Under our retail inventory method, ending inventory incorporates shrink, store use, and certain markdowns in an implicit manner and these items did not require an explicit reserve component. Under the weighted average cost method, shrink reserves are an explicit component of our inventory valuation. Upon implementation of the weighted average cost method at the beginning of fiscal 2005, reserves of $28.7 million were established for shrink in our Michaels stores. Inventory, net of shrink reserves, in our Michaels stores as of the beginning of fiscal 2005, under weighted average cost, was $3.2 million lower than fiscal 2004 ending inventory under our retail inventory method, net of shrink, store use, and certain markdowns. Other inventory reserves (including excess and obsolescence and lower of cost or market) under the retail inventory method were $3.7 million and such reserves at the inception of the weighted average cost method were $9.8 million. The changes in these reserves are a component of the cumulative effect of accounting change reported on our consolidated statement of income.

Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)—We elected to early adopt SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. This accounting standard requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock

40




options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value over the requisite service period. We applied the provisions of the modified retrospective transition method as permitted by SFAS No. 123(R) from the beginning of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded compensation expense for unvested awards based on the amounts previously determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, for the first three quarters of fiscal 2005, and under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. We recorded compensation expense related to share-based payments totaling approximately $29.8 million on a pre-tax basis, or $0.05 per diluted share on an after-tax basis, for fiscal 2005.

Prior to our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we reported the excess tax benefits associated with share-based awards as an operating cash inflow in our statement of cash flows. Beginning with our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we now report excess tax benefits as a cash inflow in the financing section of our statement of cash flows and would record a tax deficiency, if any, as a cash outflow from operating activities. For fiscal 2004, we reported $28.8 million of excess tax benefits as cash inflows in the operating activities section. For fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, we reported $25.2 million and $83.2 million, respectively, of excess tax benefits as a cash inflow to financing activities.

Gift Card Breakage—As a result of comments made in SEC staff speeches providing clarity as to the SEC’s views on accounting for gift card breakage, and our analysis of our gift card liability and redemption history, we concluded that it was appropriate to recognize cumulative breakage during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we recognized revenue of approximately $7.9 million related to gift card balances that we estimated will not be redeemed. Prior to fiscal 2005, we did not have adequate historical information to estimate gift card breakage.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the percentage relationship to net sales of each line item of our consolidated statements of income. This table should be read in conjunction with the following discussion and with our consolidated financial statements, including the related notes.

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Net sales

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

61.6

 

62.6

 

63.2

 

Gross profit

 

38.4

 

37.4

 

36.8

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

26.7

 

26.9

 

26.5

 

Transaction expenses.

 

5.3

 

 

 

Related party expenses.

 

1.0

 

 

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

Operating income

 

5.3

 

10.3

 

10.1

 

Interest expense

 

2.7

 

0.6

 

0.6

 

Other (income) and expense, net.

 

(0.2

)

(0.3

)

(0.1

)

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change.

 

2.8

 

10.0

 

9.6

 

Provision for income taxes

 

1.7

 

3.8

 

3.6

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

1.1

 

6.2

 

6.0

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change to weighted average cost method for inventories, net of income tax

 

 

0.2

 

 

Net income

 

1.1

%

6.0

%

6.0

%

 

Fiscal 2006 Compared to Fiscal 2005

Net Sales—Net sales increased $188.6 million, or 5.1%, from fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2006. Net sales from our 44 new stores opened during the year, partially offset by lost sales from our nine store closures, accounted for approximately $124.3 million of the increase in net sales, with sales during the 53rd week of fiscal 2006 accounting for $58.7 million. We recognized gift card breakage of $2.1 million during fiscal 2006 as compared to $7.9 million in fiscal 2005. We first implemented our gift card breakage policy in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005.  In addition, our fiscal 2006 comparable store sales increase of 0.3% contributed $11.4 million to the net sales increase.

41




Comparable store sales growth was strongest in our domestic Michaels general crafts, impulse, framing, and apparel crafts categories. The average ticket increased 2.5%, transactions decreased 2.3%, and custom framing deliveries increased 0.1% from fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2006. The increase in average ticket includes favorable pricing/product mix trends and a 30 basis point benefit from the strengthening of the Canadian dollar.  A decline in the sales of yarn products adversely impacted comparable store sales by approximately 1.4%. Our ability to continue to generate comparable store sales increases is dependent, in part, on our ability to continue to maintain store in-stock positions on the top-selling items, to properly allocate merchandise to our stores, to effectively execute our pricing and sales promotion efforts, to anticipate customer demand and trends in the arts and crafts industry, and to respond to competitors’ activities.

Cost of Sales and Occupancy Expense—Cost of sales and occupancy expense increased $79.5 million due to increased sales from a 3.3% increase in the number of stores operated in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005, and a 0.3% comparable store sales increase, partially offset by lower shrink expense.

The following table details the change in cost of sales and occupancy expense, as a percentage of net sales, from 2005 to 2006:

 

Increase/(Decrease)

 

Store cost of sales

 

(1.7

)%

Occupancy costs

 

0.6

 

Gift card breakage

 

0.1

 

Total decrease

 

(1.0

)%

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense, as a percentage of net sales, decreased approximately 100 basis points. Store cost of sales was favorably impacted by stronger sales of merchandise at regular price, improved sourcing, stronger seasonal sell-through, and improved shrink results. In particular, our store margins improved as a result of more focused promotions and price increases in selected markets.  The fiscal 2006 improvement in our store cost of sales may not be indicative of future results.

Occupancy expenses, as a percentage of sales, were unfavorably impacted primarily by increased property taxes and higher remodel expenses.  Remodel expenses increased due to our expanded remodel program as we remodeled 67 stores in fiscal 2006 as compared to 27 stores in fiscal 2005.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expense—Selling, general, and administrative expense was $1.033 billion in fiscal 2006 compared to $987.3 million in fiscal 2005. The expense increase was primarily due to increases in store operating expenses of approximately $43.0 million resulting from new store growth and the 0.3% increase in comparable store sales.

As a percentage of net sales, selling, general, and administrative expense decreased 20 basis points from 26.9% of sales in fiscal 2005 to 26.7% of sales in fiscal 2006. Multiple corporate expense categories contributed to the overall decline, partially offset by 20 basis points of incremental legal fees resulting from the stock option review and responses to governmental inquiries. Store operating expenses, as a percentage of sales, were consistent with last year.

Transaction expenses—Transaction expenses associated with the Merger were $205.4 million, of which approximately $185.3 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006. Approximately $137.4 million of the $205.4 million consisted of compensation expense (primarily share-based compensation) and $67.3 million was related to investment banking, legal, accounting, and other professional fees.

Related party expenses—Related party expenses for fiscal 2006 resulted primarily from the Merger.  Of the $38.1 million of related party expenses, approximately $23.6 million and $3.3 million were transaction fees and management fees, respectively, paid to our Sponsors, while $9.1 million related to various professional fees paid on behalf of our Sponsors. Such professional fees consisted primarily of legal and consulting services directly related to the Merger.

Interest Expense—Interest expense increased from $22.4 million in fiscal 2005 to $104.5 million in fiscal 2006.  We incurred $103.9 million of interest expense during our fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 related to the debt issued to finance the Merger. The interest expense in fiscal 2005 related to our 9¼ % Senior Notes due 2009, which we early retired during fiscal 2005.

Provision for Income Taxes—The effective tax rate was 62.6% in fiscal 2006 and 38.1% in fiscal 2005. The tax rate in

42




fiscal 2006 was unfavorably impacted by certain non-deductible Merger-related expenses.

Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change—In fiscal 2005, we changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from a retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method. See the previous section “Accounting Items.” As a result, we recorded a non-cash charge of $7.5 million, net of income tax, or $0.01 per diluted share, in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 for the cumulative effect of accounting change on fiscal years prior to fiscal 2005.

Net Income—As a result of the above, net income for fiscal 2006 decreased 81.4% from $220.7 million in fiscal 2005 to $41.1 million.

In fiscal 2007, we expect our interest expense to materially increase as a result of approximately $4.0 billion of debt outstanding as of February 3, 2007, which we incurred to finance the Merger. Therefore, we expect a material decrease in net income as a result of the increased interest expense. Partially offsetting the increased interest expense in fiscal 2007 will be a significant decline in Merger-related expenses we incurred in fiscal 2006.  We will continue to incur Merger-related expenses in fiscal 2007 primarily associated with compensation arrangements. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below for further information concerning our financing structure and debt and related interest obligations.

Fiscal 2005 Compared to Fiscal 2004

Net Sales—Net sales increased $283.1 million, or 8.3%, from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2005. Net sales from our 52 new stores opened during the year, partially offset by lost sales from our five store closures, accounted for approximately $155.5 million of the increase in net sales. In addition, our fiscal 2005 comparable store sales increase of 3.6% contributed $119.7 million to the net sales increase while our recognition of gift card breakage provided $7.9 million of incremental sales. Comparable store sales growth was strongest in our general crafts, needlework and yarn, kids crafts, paper crafting, and candles/bakeware categories. The average ticket increased 2.7%, transactions increased 0.5%, and custom framing deliveries increased 0.4% from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2005. The increase in average ticket includes favorable pricing/product mix trends and a 40 basis point benefit from the strengthening of the Canadian dollar.

Cost of Sales and Occupancy Expense—Cost of sales and occupancy expense increased $156.6 million due to increased sales from a 4.6% increase in the number of stores operated in fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004 and a 3.6% comparable store sales increase. Our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) resulted in a $3.5 million charge.

The following table details the change in cost of sales and occupancy expenses, as a percentage of net sales, from 2004 to 2005:

 

Increase/(Decrease)

 

Store cost of sales

 

(0.7

)%

Occupancy costs

 

0.2

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

0.1

 

Gift card breakage

 

(0.2

)

Total decrease

 

(0.6

)%

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense, as a percentage of net sales, decreased approximately 60 basis points. Cost of sales was favorably impacted by improved leverage on our distribution expenses against higher net sales in fiscal 2005, reduced inventory costs on improved domestic sourcing, and improved leverage on our vertically integrated custom framing manufacturing operations. Included in the cost of sales for fiscal 2004 was $4.1 million of cost associated with the closure of our Lexington, Kentucky distribution center and opening of a new distribution center in New Lenox, Illinois.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expense—Selling, general, and administrative expense was $987.3 million, or 26.9% of net sales in fiscal 2005 compared to $898.4 million, or 26.5% of net sales in fiscal 2004. The expense increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of stores we operated compared to fiscal 2004 and the recognition of $26.3 million of share-based compensation cost related to our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). See the preceding section “Accounting Items.” Store and corporate personnel costs, inclusive of share-based compensation costs, accounted for $52.7 million of the total $88.9 million increase from fiscal 2004.

43




As a percentage of net sales, selling, general, and administrative expense increased 40 basis points from 26.5% of sales in fiscal 2004 to 26.9% of sales in fiscal 2005. The increase was primarily a result of inclusion of $26.3 million of share-based compensation costs in fiscal 2005 that were not present in fiscal 2004, which increased fiscal 2005 selling, general, and administrative expenses by 70 basis points. Increased legal and professional expenses also resulted in an unfavorable increase of 20 basis points. These expense increases were partially offset by a decrease in store personnel benefits of 50 basis points. Store personnel benefits decreased primarily because of a decrease in workers’ compensation insurance costs of $11.6 million. In fiscal 2004, we recognized a reserve of $4.1 million for claims that we believed would not be covered due to the deteriorating financial condition of an insurance company with which we previously conducted business. The reserve amount did not materially change during fiscal 2005.

Provision for Income Taxes—The effective tax rate was 38.1% in fiscal 2005 and 37.6% in fiscal 2004.

Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change—In fiscal 2005, we changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from a retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method. See the preceding section “Accounting Items.” As a result, we recorded a non-cash charge of $7.5 million, net of income tax of $4.8 million, or $0.01 per diluted share, in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 for the cumulative effect of accounting change on fiscal years prior to fiscal 2005.

Net Income—As a result of the above, net income for fiscal 2005 increased 8.2% from $204.0 million, or $0.50 per diluted share, in fiscal 2004 to $220.7 million, or $0.55 per diluted share, after the cumulative effect of accounting change. Income before the cumulative effect of the accounting change increased 11.9% from $204.0 million in fiscal 2004, or $0.50 per diluted share, to $228.2 million in fiscal 2005, or $0.56 per diluted share.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our cash and equivalents balances decreased $422.3 million, or 93.3%, from $452.4 million at the end of fiscal 2005 to $30.1 million at the end of fiscal 2006. As more fully described below, our capital structure changed significantly as a result of the Merger. Prior to the Merger, we financed our operations, new store openings, Common Stock repurchases, dividend payments, redemption of the $200 million 9¼% Senior Notes, and other capital investments with cash from operations and proceeds from stock option exercises.  Subsequent to the Merger, we expect that our primary sources of liquidity will be cash generated by operations and borrowings under the asset-based revolving credit facility. We require cash principally for day-to-day operations and to finance capital investments, inventory for new stores, inventory replenishment for existing stores, to service our debt, and for seasonal working capital needs.

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Cash flow provided by operating activities in fiscal 2006 was $157.1 million compared to $364.0 million in fiscal 2005. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was due, in part, to lower net income and increased store-level inventory balances. This was partially offset by an increase in accounts payable balances in fiscal 2006 (whereas in fiscal 2005 our accounts payable balances decreased relative to fiscal 2004). Included in our fiscal 2005 net income is a non-cash charge related to the change in accounting method for valuing inventories of $7.5 million, net of tax. Inventories per Michaels store under the weighted average cost method were $867,000 at February 3, 2007, an increase of 6.2% from the beginning of the fiscal year. The increase resulted from higher levels of in-stock positions and an increase in accrued purchase obligations at year-end.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Cash flow from investing activities was primarily the result of the following capital expenditure activities:

44




 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006 (1)

 

2005 (2)

 

2004 (3)
(as restated)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

New and relocated stores and stores not yet opened

 

$

30,528

 

$

40,431

 

$

53,864

 

Existing stores

 

49,278

 

39,665

 

13,257

 

Distribution system expansion

 

24,355

 

7,104

 

7,124

 

Information systems

 

33,075

 

23,604

 

15,398

 

Corporate and other

 

5,389

 

7,542

 

4,820

 

 

 

$

142,625

 

$

118,346

 

$

94,463

 


(1)             In fiscal 2006, we incurred capital expenditures related to the opening of 43 Michaels and one Aaron Brothers store and the relocation of seven Michaels stores.

(2)             In fiscal 2005, we incurred capital expenditures related to the opening of 46 Michaels, two Aaron Brothers, three Recollections stores, and one Star Decorators Wholesale store and the relocation of 18 Michaels stores.

(3)             In fiscal 2004, we incurred capital expenditures related to the opening of 45 Michaels, seven Aaron Brothers, and six Recollections stores, and the relocation of 30 Michaels and one Aaron Brothers store.

Our fiscal 2006 capital expenditures increased primarily due to the new Centralia, Washington distribution center and other strategic initiatives, such as a work force management system, an energy management system, and a new merchandise planning system.

We currently estimate that our capital expenditures will range from $130 million to $140 million in fiscal 2007.

During fiscal 2004, we purchased interests in a Massachusetts business trust that invests primarily in auction rate securities with auction reset periods of less than twelve months. The purchase price of these interests was approximately $50.4 million. During fiscal 2005, we liquidated our interest in the business trust for proceeds of $50.6 million.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Prior to the Merger, cash used by financing activities related primarily to payments of dividends, repurchases of our Common Stock, and repayment of debt. Proceeds from the exercise of outstanding stock options, and their related tax benefits, have historically served as a source of cash for us; however, as a result of the Merger, we do not expect stock option exercises to serve as a material source of cash for us. Proceeds from the exercise of stock options in fiscal 2006, and their related tax benefits, were primarily due to the exercise of options before the Merger date.  See the “Debt” section below concerning further sources and uses of cash related to financing activities.

Debt

Prior to the Merger, our primary sources of short-term liquidity were cash generated by operations and proceeds from stock option exercises.  To finance the completion of the Merger, we issued 10% Senior Notes due 2014, 11 3¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, and 13% Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016 (collectively, the “Notes”).  We also executed an asset-based revolving credit facility as well as a senior secured term loan facility (collectively, the “Senior Credit Facilities”). We expect that our primary sources of future liquidity will be cash generated by operations and borrowings under the asset-based revolving credit facility. Borrowings under our asset-based revolving credit facility are influenced by a number of factors as more fully described below, including working capital (inclusive of inventory, credit card receivables, and gift card liabilities) and stand-by letters of credit.

Notes

On October 31, 2006, we issued (i) $750.0 million in principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due November 1, 2014; (ii) $400.0 million in principal amount at maturity of 11 3¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due November 1, 2016; and (iii) $469.4 million in principal amount of 13% Subordinated Discount Notes due November 1, 2016. Interest on the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on each May 1 and November 1, commencing on May 1, 2007.  No cash interest is payable on the Subordinated Discount Notes prior to November 1, 2011. Beginning on

45




November 1, 2011, cash interest will accrue on the Subordinated Discount Notes and is payable semi-annually in arrears on each May 1 and November 1 (the first cash interest payment is May 1, 2012).  The Senior Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured basis, the Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, and the Subordinated Discount Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured subordinated basis, in each case, by each of our subsidiaries.

The indentures governing the Notes contain covenants limiting, among other things, the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries to:

·                    incur additional debt;

·                    pay dividends or distributions on the Company’s capital stock or repurchase the Company’s capital stock;

·                    issue stock of subsidiaries;

·                    make certain investments;

·                    create liens on the Company’s assets to secure debt;

·                    enter into transactions with affiliates;

·                    merge or consolidate with another company; and

·                    sell or otherwise transfer assets.

Prior to November 1, 2009, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of each of the Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the indentures governing the Notes) at redemption prices that include a premium and subject to certain other terms and conditions, as described in the applicable indenture.  The Notes are also redeemable in whole or in part, at our option, at any time at redemption prices that include varying premiums until a certain date.  In addition, upon a change of control, we are required to make an offer to redeem all of the Notes at a premium with accrued and unpaid interest.

Asset-based revolving credit facility

On October 31, 2006, we executed a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility with Banc of America Securities LLC and other lenders (“Asset-based revolving credit facility”). The Asset-based revolving credit facility provides senior secured financing of up to $1.0 billion, subject to a borrowing base as described below. As of February 3, 2007, the borrowing base was $722.1 million, of which we borrowed $205.8 million.  Borrowing capacity is available for letters of credit and borrowings on same-day notice (“Swingline Loans”).

The borrowing base equals the sum of (i) 90% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables; (ii) between 85% and 90% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit; (iii) a percentage of eligible in-transit inventory, less certain reserves; and, (iv) the sum of an additional 10% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit plus an additional 5% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables (collectively, the “last out tranche”), up to a maximum amount of $100.0 million.

The Asset-based revolving credit facility provides us with the right to request up to $200.0 million of additional commitments under this facility.  The lenders under this facility are not under any obligation to provide any such additional commitments, and any increase in commitments is subject to customary conditions precedent.  If we were to request any such additional commitments, and the existing lenders or new lenders were to agree to provide such commitments, the facility size could be increased to up to $1.2 billion, but our ability to borrow under this facility would still be limited by the amount of the borrowing base.

Borrowings under the Asset-based revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1¤2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate subject to certain adjustments, in each case plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for borrowings is 0.50% for base rate borrowings and 1.50% for LIBOR borrowings. With respect to any last out tranche borrowings, the initial applicable margin is 1.50% for base rate borrowings and 2.50% for LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin is subject to adjustment each fiscal quarter based on the excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility.  Swingline Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the base rate plus the applicable margin.

We are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum on the unutilized commitments under Asset-based revolving credit facility.  We must also pay customary letter of credit fees and agency fees.

If, at any time, the aggregate amount of outstanding loans, unreimbursed letter of credit drawings and undrawn letters of credit

46




under the Asset-based revolving credit facility exceeds the lesser of (i) the commitment amount or (ii) the borrowing base, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess, with no reduction of the commitment amount.  If the amount available under the Asset-based revolving credit facility is less than $100.0 million for five consecutive business days, or a payment or bankruptcy event of default has occurred, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit with the cash we are required to deposit daily in a collection account maintained with the agent under the Asset-based revolving credit facility. We may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans. There is no scheduled amortization under the Asset-based revolving credit facility; the principal amount of the loans outstanding is due and payable in full on October 31, 2011.

The Asset-based revolving credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

·                    incur additional indebtedness;

·                    pay dividends on the Company’s capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire the Company’s capital stock or its other indebtedness;

·                    make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

·                    create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Company from its restricted subsidiaries;

·                    engage in transactions with affiliates of the Company;

·                    sell assets, including capital stock of the Company’s subsidiaries;

·                    consolidate or merge; and

·                    create liens.

The covenants limiting dividends and other restricted payments; investments, loans, advances and acquisitions; and prepayments or redemptions of indebtedness, each permit the restricted actions in an unlimited amount, subject to the satisfaction of certain payment conditions, principally that we must have at least $125.0 million of pro forma excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility and that we must be in pro forma compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio described in the next paragraph.

Although the Asset-based revolving credit facility does not require us to comply with any financial ratio maintenance covenants, if we have less than $75.0 million of excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility at any time, we are not permitted to borrow any additional amounts unless our pro forma consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the Asset-based revolving credit facility) is at least 1.1 to 1.0. The Asset-based revolving credit facility also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Senior secured term loan facility

On October 31, 2006, we executed a $2.4 billion senior secured term loan facility with Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., and other lenders. The full amount was borrowed on October 31, 2006. We are required to make scheduled quarterly payments, each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans, for the first six years and three quarters, with the balance payable on October 31, 2013. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we prepaid $50.0 million of the Senior secured term loan facility.

Borrowings under the Senior secured term loan facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Deutsche Bank and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1¤2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate, subject to certain adjustments, in each case plus an applicable margin. At issuance, the applicable margin was 2.00% with respect to base rate borrowings and 3.00% with respect to LIBOR borrowings, subject to downward adjustment based on the leverage and ratings thresholds set forth in the Senior secured term loan facility. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we amended the Senior secured term loan facility such that the applicable margin with respect to the LIBOR borrowings was lowered from 3.00% to 2.75%.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2007, we executed an interest rate collar to hedge our variability of cash flows associated with our interest payments on our Senior secured term loan that result from fluctuations in the three-month LIBOR rate. The interest rate collar provides a fixed three-month LIBOR rate with a cap of 6.0% and a floor of 3.21%. For further information, see discussion in “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

The Senior secured term loan facility requires us to prepay outstanding term loans with (a) 100% of the net proceeds of any debt issued by us or our subsidiaries (with exceptions for certain debt permitted to be incurred under the Senior secured term loan facility) and (b) commencing with the fiscal year ending February 2, 2008, 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% if our

47




total leverage ratio is less than a 6.00:1.00 and will be reduced to 0% if our total leverage ratio is less than 5.00:1.00) of our annual Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Senior secured term loan facility). We must also offer to prepay outstanding term loans at 100% of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of certain asset sales or casualty events under certain circumstances. We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior secured term loan facility at any time without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

The Senior secured term loan facility requires us to maintain compliance with the consolidated secured debt ratio that is no greater than 4.0 to 1.0, with our first compliance date beginning with the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.  In addition, the Senior secured term loan facility contains a number of negative covenants that are substantially similar (but more restrictive in certain respects) to those governing the Notes as well as certain other customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default.

9 1/4% Senior Notes due 2009

In fiscal 2001, we issued $200 million in principal amount of 9 1¤4% Senior Notes due July 1, 2009, which were unsecured and interest thereon was payable semi-annually on each January 1 and July 1. On July 1, 2005, we redeemed the senior notes at a price of $1,046.25 per $1,000 of principal amount. This early redemption resulted in a pre-tax charge of $12.1 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2005, which represents a combination of a $9.3 million call premium and $2.8 million of unamortized costs associated with the senior notes, which was recorded as interest expense.

General

We require cash principally for day-to-day operations and to finance capital investments, inventory for new stores, inventory replenishment for existing stores, to service our debt, and for seasonal working capital needs. In recent years, we have financed our operations, new store openings, Common Stock repurchases, dividend payments, and other capital investments with cash from operations and proceeds from stock option exercises. We expect that our available cash, cash flow generated from operating activities, and funds available under our Asset-based revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund planned capital expenditures, working capital requirements, debt repayments, debt service requirements, and future growth through the end of fiscal 2007.  As of March 30, 2007, our borrowing base under our Asset-based revolving credit facility was $735.0 million and we had $506.3 million of remaining availability under that facility.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

Contractual Obligations

All of our significant contractual obligations are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets or disclosed in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

It is not our business practice to enter into off-balance sheet arrangements, except for arrangements related to operating lease commitments, service contract commitments, and letters of credit, as disclosed in the table below. In addition, it is not our normal policy to issue guarantees to third parties. We currently have no material commitments for capital leases and do not expect that to change in the immediate future.

As of February 3, 2007, our contractual obligations were as follows:

 

Payments Due By Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

Less Than

 

 

 

 

 

More Than

 

 

 

Total

 

1 Year

 

1-3 Years

 

3-5 Years

 

5 Years

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Operating lease commitments (1)

 

$

1,731,603

 

$

298,213

 

$

537,865

 

$

391,207

 

$

504,318

 

Other commitments (2)

 

89,293

 

76,501

 

12,361

 

323

 

108

 

Purchase obligations (3)

 

56,299

 

56,299

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

4,169,290

 

229,765

 

48,000

 

48,000

 

3,843,525

 

Interest payments (4)

 

2,375,261

 

294,544

 

613,805

 

606,168

 

860,744

 

 

 

$

8,421,746

 

$

955,322

 

$

1,212,031

 

$

1,045,698

 

$

5,208,695

 

 

48





(1)             Our operating lease commitments generally include non-cancelable leases for property and equipment used in our operations. Excluded from our operating lease commitments are amounts related to insurance, taxes, and common area maintenance associated with property and equipment. Such amounts historically represented approximately $3.82 to $4.38 per selling square foot over the previous three fiscal years at our Michaels stores.

(2)             Other commitments primarily include service contract obligations and certain post-employment obligations. Values within the Other commitments line item were calculated based on the time period remaining in the contract or to the earliest possible date of termination, if permitted to be terminated by Michaels upon notice, whichever is shorter.

(3)             Purchase obligations represent legally binding commitments to purchase merchandise inventories, which are made in the normal course of business to meet operational requirements.

(4)             Interest payments associated with long-term debt. Debt associated with our Senior secured term loan facility was approximately $2.3 billion, which contains a variable interest rate. The interest rate payments in the table for the Senior secured term loan facility were based on the indexed interest rate in effect at February 3, 2007. Approximately $1.4 billion of debt was subject to fixed interest rates.

Additional information regarding our long-term debt and commitments and contingencies is provided in Note 6 and Note 10, respectively, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Seasonality

Our business is highly seasonal, with higher sales in the third and fourth fiscal quarters. For the last ten fiscal years, our fourth quarter, which includes the Christmas selling season, has accounted for approximately 35.0% of our sales and approximately 50.6% of our operating income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax positions. FIN 48 requires that a company recognize in its consolidated financial statements the impact of a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The provisions of FIN 48 will be effective for us, as of the beginning of fiscal 2007, with early adoption permitted.  Any cumulative effect recorded as a result of adopting FIN 48 will be recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48 on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pensions and Other Postretirement Plans, which requires an entity to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its balance sheet and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income.  It also requires an entity to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end balance sheet.  As we have no publicly traded securities (due to the Merger), FAS 158 is effective for us at the end of fiscal 2007, with early adoption permitted.  We plan to adopt FAS 158 at the end of fiscal 2007, with no material impact expected on our consolidated income statement, balance sheet, shareholders’ equity, or cash flows statement.

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, which permits companies to measure certain financial instruments and other items at fair value (at specified measurement dates) that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Any unrealized gains or losses applicable to those items measured at fair value shall be reported in earnings. The decision to apply fair value is generally made on an instrument by instrument basis, is irrevocable, and is applied only to an entire instrument. The provisions of FAS 159 will be effective for us as of the beginning of fiscal 2008, with early adoption permitted.

ITEM 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

We invest cash balances in excess of operating requirements primarily in money market mutual funds and short-term interest-bearing securities, generally with maturities of 90 days or less. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, the fair

49




value of our cash and equivalents at February 3, 2007 approximated carrying value.

We have market risk exposure arising from changes in interest rates on our Senior Credit Facilities. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further detail. The interest rates on our Senior Credit Facilities will reprice periodically, which will impact our earnings and cash flow. The interest rates on our Notes issued in connection with the Merger are fixed.  Based on our overall interest rate exposure to variable rate debt outstanding as of February 3, 2007, a 1% increase or decrease in interest rates would increase or decrease pre-tax earnings by $25.5 million. A 1% increase in interest rates would decrease the fair value of our long-term fixed rate debt by approximately $92.4 million. A 1% decrease in interest rates would increase the fair value of our long-term fixed rate debt by approximately $99.9 million.  A change in interest rates would not materially affect the fair value of our variable rate debt as the debt reprices periodically.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2007, we executed an interest rate collar to hedge our variability of cash flows associated with our interest payments on our Senior secured term loan that result from fluctuations in the three-month LIBOR rate. The interest rate collar provides a fixed three-month LIBOR rate with a cap of 6.0% and a floor of 3.21%; for the periods and notional values of the Senior secured term loan facility listed below, our effective three-month LIBOR rate will be no higher than 6.0% and no lower than 3.21%. The fair value of the interest rate collar was $0 at inception. Settlement occurs once per quarter.

Period

 

Notional Amount

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

March 2, 2007 - April 29, 2008

 

$

1,755

 

April 30, 2008 - April 29, 2009

 

1,070

 

April 30, 2009 - April 30, 2010

 

535

 

 

ITEM 8.  Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data are included as an annex of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data on page F-1.

ITEM 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.  Controls and Procedures.

Included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are certifications of our President and Chief Financial Officer and our President and Chief Operating Officer, which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  This section includes information concerning the controls and controls evaluation referred to in the certifications.  Page F-3 of this Report includes the attestation report of Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, regarding its audit of our assessment and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.  This section should be read in conjunction with the Ernst & Young attestation for a complete understanding of this section.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain a set of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).  An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Financial Officer and our President and Chief Operating Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Report.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, after consultation with management and our independent registered public accounting firm, determined on April 2, 2007, that our application of the retail inventory method, or RIM, of accounting for merchandise inventories in our Michaels stores prior to fiscal year 2005 contained certain deficiencies.  Effective as of the beginning of fiscal year 2005, we changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from RIM to the weighted average cost, or WAC, method.  The change from RIM to WAC eliminated the RIM deficiencies in accounting for merchandise inventories.  However, the deficiencies in RIM as applied in years prior to fiscal 2005 constituted a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting during those years, and the correction of our retail inventory method resulted in the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for years prior to fiscal 2006 included in this Report. 

50




Because we did not conclude until April 2, 2007, that our former application of RIM was incorrect and that we should restate our consolidated financial statements, a material weakness existed as of the end of fiscal year 2006.

Solely as a result of this material weakness, our President and Chief Financial Officer and our President and Chief Operating Officer concluded that as of February 3, 2007 our disclosure controls and procedures were ineffective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms.  Such controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information we are required to disclose in our reports is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officers and principal financial officer, to allow timely disclosure decisions.  We note that the design of any system of controls is intended to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance of timely recording, processing, summarization and reporting of information and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all conditions.  We also note that the design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all future potential conditions.

Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during our most recently completed fiscal quarter, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  As described above, we changed our internal control over financial reporting in fiscal 2007 by correcting our RIM accounting for years prior to fiscal 2005 and restating our consolidated financial statements for years prior to fiscal 2006.

Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company, and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and, even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.  Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2007.  Management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in its Internal Control—Integrated Framework.  Management’s assessment included the evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, and the overall control environment.  This assessment is supported by testing and monitoring performed by both our Internal Audit and Internal Control organizations.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected.  Based on our assessment, management has identified the following material weakness in our control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2007, the end of fiscal 2006.  Our application of the retail inventory method of accounting for merchandise inventories in our Michaels stores in years prior to fiscal 2005 contained certain deficiencies that our controls were ineffective in timely detecting and correcting in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Our calculation of the cost complement did not include appropriate adjustments for shrink, store use, and certain markdowns; instead, we captured shrink, store use, and certain markdowns in ending inventory at retail value.  Excluding appropriate adjustments for shrink, store use, and certain markdowns from our retail inventory method calculation resulted in an overstatement of the cost complement used to determine ending inventory at cost, which resulted in overstating ending inventories at cost, and understating cost of sales.

51




The correction of our retail inventory method resulted in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements for years prior to 2006.  As previously reported, effective as of the beginning of fiscal 2005, we changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from our historical retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method.  As a result of this change in method, in the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we previously reported a cumulative effect of accounting change of $88.5 million, net of an income tax benefit of $54.2 million.  The correction to our retail inventory method of accounting for years prior to fiscal 2005 inherently affects the amount of the cumulative effect of accounting change we reported in fiscal 2005.  The cumulative effect of accounting change in fiscal 2005, after correcting our historical RIM model, is now $7.5 million, net of income taxes of $4.8 million. There is no impact to the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2006 because we utilized the weighted average cost method for all of fiscal years 2005 and 2006.

The effects of our correction to our retail inventory method on certain line items within the consolidated statements of income for fiscal years 2002 through 2005 are described in detail in “Item 7. Management’s Discussions and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Report.  Management believes that the application of our corrected retail inventory method and the resulting restatement, as more fully described in Management’s Discussions and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, including Note 2 thereto, of this Report, as well as the adoption, effective as of the first quarter of fiscal 2005, of the weighted average cost method of valuing our merchandise inventories, constitutes successful remediation of the identified material weakness.

Our management has concluded, based on its knowledge, that the consolidated financial statements included in this Report fairly present, in all material respects, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for the periods presented in this Report.

The independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, issued an attestation report on our assessment of and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The Ernst & Young LLP report is included on Page F-3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9B.  Other Information.

Not applicable.

52




PART III

ITEM 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Directors

Our Board of Directors has eight members.  Our current directors serve for a period of three years and until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation, death or removal.

In previous years, our Board utilized director independence standards designed to satisfy the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange when determining whether or not members of our Board were independent.  In connection with the Merger, the Sponsors agreed that they would each have proportional representation on our Board.  Consequently, four of our current directors are affiliates of Bain, while the remaining four are affiliates of  Blackstone.  Taking into account the direct affiliation that each member of our Board has with either Bain or Blackstone, no current director of the Company is deemed to be “independent” under our previously adopted independence standards.

Set forth below is information concerning each of our directors, including their ages, present principal occupations, other business experiences during the last five years, membership on committees of the Board and directorships in other companies, including public companies.  Each of the directors listed below has served on our Board since October 31, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

Committee

Name

 

Age

 

Position

 

Membership

Josh Bekenstein

 

48

 

Director

 

Michael S. Chae

 

38

 

Director

 

Compensation Committee

Todd Cook

 

35

 

Director

 

Audit Committee

Matthew Kabaker

 

30

 

Director

 

Audit Committee

Lewis Klessel

 

39

 

Director

 

Audit Committee

Matthew S. Levin

 

41

 

Director

 

Compensation Committee

David McVeigh

 

39

 

Director

 

Audit Committee

James A. Quella

 

57

 

Director

 

 

Mr. Bekenstein is a managing director at Bain Capital Partners.  Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners in 1984, Mr. Bekenstein spent several years at Bain & Company, where he was involved with companies in a variety of industries.  Mr. Bekenstein received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.A. from Yale University.  Mr. Bekenstein serves as a director of several corporations, including Bombardier Recreational Products Inc., Dollarama Capital Corporation, Toys “R” Us, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Waters Corporation, and Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.

Mr. Chae is a senior managing director at The Blackstone Group in the private equity group.  Prior to becoming a senior managing director in January 2005, Mr. Chae was a principal of Blackstone from 2000 to 2004.  Mr. Chae graduated magna cum laude from Harvard College, and received an M.Phil from Cambridge University and a J.D. from Yale Law School.  He serves as a director of Extended Stay America, Inc., Universal Orlando, and VNU N.V. and is a trustee of the Lawrenceville School.

Mr. Cook is a principal of Bain Capital Partners.  Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners in 1996, Mr. Cook was a consultant at Bain & Company.  Mr. Cook received an M.B.A. from Stanford University Graduate School of Business where he was an Arjay Miller Scholar.  He also holds a B.E. in electrical engineering and a B.A. in economics from Dartmouth College.  Mr. Cook serves as a director of Dollarama Capital Corporation and Dunkin Brands Inc.

Mr. Kabaker is a principal at Blackstone in the private equity group, which he joined in 1998.  Mr. Kabaker received a B.A. in Philosophy, Politics & Economics from the University of Pennsylvania.  Mr. Kabaker currently serves as a director of Ariel Reinsurance Insurance Ltd., TRW Automotive Inc., Financial Guaranty Insurance Company and HealthMarkets, Inc.

Mr. Klessel is an executive vice president in the private equity portfolio practice at Bain Capital Partners.  Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners, Mr. Klessel held a variety of operating and strategy leadership positions from 1997 to 2005 at The Home

53




Depot, Inc., most recently as President of Maintenance Warehouse, a wholly-owned subsidiary that distributed maintenance products to facility management customers in the multi-housing, lodging, health-care and commercial sectors.  Mr. Klessel received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School where he was a Baker Scholar, and a B.S. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

Mr. Levin is a managing director at Bain Capital Partners.  Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners in 2000, Mr. Levin was a consultant at Bain & Company where he consulted in the consumer products and manufacturing industries.  Mr. Levin received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School where he was a Baker Scholar.  He received a B.S. from the University of California at Berkeley.  Mr. Levin serves as a board member of several corporations, including Bombardier Recreational Products Inc., Dollarama Capital Corporation, Nutro Products, Inc., Toys “R” Us, Inc. and Unisource Worldwide, Inc.

Mr. McVeigh is an executive director at Blackstone in the private equity group.  Mr. McVeigh recently joined Blackstone from McKinsey & Company, where he spent 12 years and was a partner.  At McKinsey, Mr. McVeigh was one of the leaders of the North American Chemicals practice and the Northeast Energy and Materials practice.  Mr. McVeigh received a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from Lafayette College, an M.S. in Chemical Engineering from Stanford University, and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

Mr. Quella is a senior managing director and senior operating partner at Blackstone in the private equity group.  Prior to joining Blackstone in 2004, Mr. Quella was a managing director and senior operating partner with DLJ Merchant Banking Partners-CSFB Private Equity from June 2000 to February 2004.  Prior to that, Mr. Quella worked at Mercer Management Consulting and Strategic Planning Associates.  Mr. Quella received a B.A. in International Studies from the University of Chicago/University of Wisconsin-Madison and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.  Mr. Quella serves as a director of Allied Waste Industries, Inc., Celanese Corporation, Graham Packaging Company, L.P., and Houghton Mifflin Company.

Executive Officers

Our current executive officers, their ages as of March 30, 2007, and their business experience during at least the past five years are set forth below.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

48

 

President and Chief Financial Officer

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

51

 

President and Chief Operating Officer

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

52

 

Executive Vice President—Supply Chain

Harvey S. Kanter

 

45

 

Executive Vice President—Chief Merchant

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

40

 

Executive Vice President—Specialty Businesses

 

Mr. Boyer was promoted to President and Chief Financial Officer in March 2006. Prior to his promotion, he served as Executive Vice President—Chief Financial Officer since January 2003. Prior to joining us, Mr. Boyer was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Kmart Corporation from May 2001 until November 2001. Prior to joining Kmart, he held various positions with Sears, Roebuck and Co., where he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from October 1999 to May 2001, Corporate Controller from June 1998 to October 1999, and Vice President, Finance—Full Line Stores from June 1996 to June 1998. Prior experience includes Vice President of Business Development at The Pillsbury Company from 1995 to 1996 and over six years with Kraft Foods, a unit of the Altria Group, in various senior financial positions.

Mr. Sandfort was promoted to President and Chief Operating Officer in March 2006. Prior to his promotion, he served as Executive Vice President—General Merchandise Manager since January 2004. From 2002 to 2003, Mr. Sandfort served as Vice Chairman and Co-CEO of Kleinert’s Inc. (d/b/a Buster Brown) where he was directly responsible for all merchandising and operational aspects of Kleinert’s sleepwear, playwear, and retail divisions.  In May 2003, Klienart filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, which was subsequently converted to a liquidation under Chapter 7. Prior to that, Mr. Sandfort served as Vice President, General Merchandise Manager — Children’s Apparel, Furniture, Toys, and Electronic Games for Sears, Roebuck and Co. for four years and at Federated Department Stores in various mid and senior level management positions in  Merchandising for 13 years.

Mr. DeCaro was promoted to Executive Vice President—Supply Chain in June 2005. Prior to his promotion, Mr. DeCaro had served as Senior Vice President—Inventory Management since joining us in August 2000. From April 1998 until joining us, he was Vice President—Merchandise for The Walt Disney Company. Prior to this, he held the position of Senior Vice

54




President—Merchandise Planning and Allocation for Kohl’s Department Stores from February 1996 to April 1998. In addition, Mr. DeCaro has held various positions in Merchandise Planning and Allocation and Finance for The Disney Store, The Limited Stores, May Department Stores, and Sanger Harris Department Stores.

Mr. Kanter was promoted to Executive Vice President—Chief Merchant in March 2006. Prior to his promotion, he served as President of Aaron Brothers, a subsidiary of Michaels, since April 2003. From 1995 until joining us, Mr. Kanter held various positions with Eddie Bauer, Inc. From 2002 until 2003, he was Managing Director of the Home and Non-Apparel divisions and from 1995 until 2002, he was Managing Director of the Home division. As a Managing Director, Mr. Kanter was responsible for retail, catalog and Internet merchandising, sourcing, planning, allocation, and design and visual presentation. In March 2003, Spiegel, Inc. and certain of its principal operating subsidiaries, including Eddie Bauer, Inc., filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

Mr. Bazzone was promoted to Executive Vice President—Specialty Businesses in March 2006. Prior to his promotion, he served as President of our Recollections and Star Decorators Wholesale businesses since May 2004. He came to us from Restoration Hardware where he was Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director from July 2001 to December 2003. Previously, he was with RedEnvelope, where he held the position of President and Chief Operating Officer from July 1999 to July 2001. Mr. Bazzone also held executive positions with Williams-Sonoma from May 1995 through January 1999.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Our Board is responsible for governing Michaels’ business and affairs.  Highlights of Michaels’ corporate governance practices are described below.

Board Committees

Currently, our Board has two active standing committees, each of which is required by its charter to consist of no fewer than two directors.  The four members of the Audit Committee are Matthew Kabaker (Chairman), Todd Cook, Lewis Klessel and David McVeigh.  The two members of the Compensation Committee are Michael S. Chae and Matthew S. Levin.

Prior to the Merger, our Board had three active standing committees, each of which was required by its charter to consist of no fewer than three directors satisfying the applicable independence criteria of the New York Stock Exchange. The three members of the Governance and Nominating Committee were Richard C. Marcus (Chairman), Richard E. Hanlon and Cece Smith.  The three members of the Compensation Committee were Richard E. Hanlon (Chairman), Richard C. Marcus and Liz Minyard.  The three members of the Audit Committee were Cece Smith (Chairman), Richard C. Marcus and Liz Minyard. On October 31, 2006, each member of these committees resigned such member’s position as a member of the Company’s board as part of the Merger.

Currently, and as a result of the Merger, the Company’s Common Stock is held by a small number of stockholders, including Bain and Blackstone (and other private equity funds) and certain members of our senior management.  In addition, Bain and Blackstone have agreed that they will each have the right to proportional representation on our Board, which has resulted in half of our Board being associated with Bain, with the remaining half being associated with Blackstone.  Prior to the Merger, our standing Governance and Nominating Committee was principally responsible for identifying individuals qualified to become Board members and recommending to the Board director nominees for election by the Company’s stockholders at annual stockholders meetings.  As the Company is now privately held and the members of our Board are selected by our Sponsors, the Board has deemed it appropriate for the Company not to have a standing Governance and Nominating Committee at this time.  For the same reasons as stated above, the Board has also rescinded previously adopted policies and procedures by which Michaels’ stockholders were permitted to submit director candidates to the Governance and Nominating Committee for its consideration.

Compensation Committee

Please see “Item 11. Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis” for a description of the roles and responsibilities of our Compensation Committee.

Audit Committee

Following the Merger, our Board of Directors has a separately designated audit committee, and our Board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is financially literate and has sufficient business and financial expertise to

55




effectively perform their duties as members of the Audit Committee. As the Company is now privately held and controlled by our Sponsors, our Board has determined that it is not necessary to designate one or more of our Audit Committee members as an “audit committee financial expert” at this time.  None of our Audit Committee members is an independent director due to their affiliations with the Sponsors. The members of the Audit Committee are as follows:

Audit Committee

 

 

Matthew Kabaker (Chairman)

 

 

Todd Cook

 

 

Lewis Klessel

 

 

David McVeigh

 

 

Under its charter, the Audit Committee is generally responsible for overseeing Michaels’ financial reporting process and assists the Board in fulfilling the Board’s oversight responsibilities with respect to: (i) the integrity of Michaels’ financial statements; (ii) Michaels’ compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) the qualifications and independence of Michaels’ independent registered public accounting firm; and (iv) the performance of the independent registered public accounting firm and of Michaels’ internal audit function.

Code of Business Conducts and Ethics

We adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to, among others, our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our Internet website at www.michaels.com under “Corporate Information.” We will post any amendments to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or waivers of the Code for our executive officers, on our Internet website at www.michaels.com under “Corporate Information.”

SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires our officers and directors and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities to file initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership with the SEC.  Such persons are required by regulation of the SEC to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.  Based solely on our review of the copies of such forms or written representations from certain reporting persons received by us with respect to fiscal 2006, we believe that our officers and directors and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities have complied with all applicable filing requirements, except that Mr. Sandfort filed a late Statement of Changes in Beneficial Ownership of Securities on Form 4 on August 30, 2006 reporting the sale of shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Sandfort in his 401(k) Plan account.

ITEM 11.  Executive Compensation.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Introduction

On March 20, 2006, we announced that we were seeking strategic alternatives to enhance shareholder value, including a possible sale of the Company.  On June 30, 2006, we entered into a merger agreement with affiliates of Bain Capital Partners LLC and The Blackstone Group, and on October 31, 2006, the transaction was completed and our shares of Common Stock ceased to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange.  Upon completion of the Merger, our incumbent Board members, including the members of the Compensation Committee, resigned, and new members of the Board were elected.  Accordingly, this Compensation Discussion and Analysis relating to our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is presented in two sections, the first relating to the pre-Merger period prior to October 31, 2006, and the second relating to the post-Merger period commencing on October 31, 2006.

PRE-MERGER COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Prior to the Merger, our Compensation Committee was comprised of Richard E. Hanlon (Chairman), Richard C. Marcus and Liz Minyard, all independent directors.  The following discussion and analysis relates to our compensation for fiscal 2006 prior to the Merger.

56




Pre-Merger Compensation Program

Prior to the Merger, the objectives of our executive officer compensation program were to:

·                  attract and retain highly qualified individuals who make contributions that result in Michaels meeting its financial goals;

·                  motivate employees to high levels of performance;

·                  differentiate individual pay based on performance;

·                  ensure external competitiveness and internal equity of total compensation; and

·                  align Company, employee and stockholder interests.

The Compensation Committee believed in a total compensation approach, with an emphasis on variable components of pay including annual cash incentive bonuses and equity-based awards.  The Compensation Committee believed executive officers performing at a high level should be well compensated through cash salary and bonus compensation sufficient to retain those executives and incentivize annual performance and through equity-based awards that align the interests of the executives with the interests of the stockholders and stimulate focus on both near-term and long-term stockholder value enhancement.  Total compensation consisted of three major components: base salary, annual cash incentive bonuses and annual equity-based incentive awards.  However, the compensation program was meant to be flexible, and accordingly the Compensation Committee did not fix percentages of total compensation that should be in the form of cash, equity or other compensation.

Pre-Merger Compensation Strategy

Prior to the Merger, the Compensation Committee was responsible for determining the compensation level of our co-Presidents.  On the recommendation of Michaels’ senior management, the Compensation Committee also reviewed, determined and approved the compensation level of all other executive officers of Michaels.  In determining compensation levels for Michaels’ executive officers, the Compensation Committee considered the scope of an individual’s responsibilities, external competitiveness of total compensation, an individual’s performance and prior experience, the performance of the Company and the attainment of planned financial and strategic initiatives.  These factors were evaluated by the Compensation Committee with no particular weight given to any one factor.  The Compensation Committee also considered the prevailing compensation levels in relevant markets for executive-level employees when considering the compensation levels of our executive officers; however, this compensation data was only used as a guide by the committee in making its compensation determinations.  In connection with making its 2006 compensation determinations, a customized study analyzing the total compensation elements for a specific retail peer group was prepared for and reviewed by the Compensation Committee.  This peer group consisted of Autozone, Inc., Bed Bath & Beyond Inc., Blockbuster Inc., Borders Group, Inc., Brinker International, Inc., Dollar General Corporation, Jo-Ann Stores, Inc., Kohl’s Corporation, Nordstrom, Inc., Payless Shoesource, Inc., Petco Animal Supplies, Inc., Petsmart, Inc., Pier 1 Imports, Inc., Radioshack Corporation, Ross Stores, Inc., Staples, Inc., Williams-Sonoma, Inc., and Zale Corporation.  The Compensation Committee also consulted executive compensation experts in the course of evaluating the compensation levels for our executive officers.  The executive compensation experts were retained by and responsible to the Compensation Committee.

Pre-Merger Compensation Elements

Base Salaries

Prior to the Merger, base salaries for our executive officers were established based on the scope of their responsibilities, individual performance and prior experience, Michaels’ operating and financial performance and the attainment of planned financial and strategic initiatives, taking into account competitive market compensation paid by similar companies for similar positions.  The Compensation Committee set base salaries at a level designed to attract and retain highly qualified individuals who make contributions that result in Michaels meeting its operating and financial goals.  Base salaries were reviewed and adjusted annually as deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee.  The Compensation Committee had discretion to adjust base salary during the fiscal year and exercised that discretion in fiscal 2006, as described below.

57




On March 14, 2006, the Compensation Committee approved fiscal 2006 annual base salary rates for our executive officers.  The following table sets forth the annual base salary rates for our named executive officers for fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006 (effective March 24, 2006).

Name

 

2005 Base Salary

 

2006 Base Salary

 

Charles J. Wyly, Jr.

 

$

450,000

 

$

450,000

 

Sam Wyly

 

225,000

 

225,000

 

R. Michael Rouleau

 

808,100

 

840,000

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

375,000

 

390,000

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

300,000

 

310,000

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

285,000

 

295,000

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

275,000

 

284,000

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

290,750

 

300,000

 

 

In connection with the March 15, 2006 retirement of R. Michael Rouleau, our former President and Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors of Michaels elected Jeffrey N. Boyer and Gregory A. Sandfort co-Presidents of Michaels.  Mr. Boyer continued to serve as Chief Financial Officer, and Mr. Sandfort was elected to the position of Chief Operating Officer.  In recognition of their increased responsibilities as co-Presidents, effective March 24, 2006, the Compensation Committee increased the base salaries for each of Mr. Boyer and Mr. Sandfort.  Two other named executive officers, Thomas M. Bazzone and Harvey S. Kanter, were also promoted, and the Compensation Committee also approved increases in their annual base salary rate effective March 24, 2006.  The increases were as follows:

Name

 

Increase

 

New 2006
Base Salary

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

$

110,000

 

$

500,000

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

190,000

 

500,000

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

55,000

 

350,000

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

50,000

 

350,000

 

 

Annual Bonuses

In March 2006, the Compensation Committee approved fiscal year 2006 annual bonus plans for the named executive officers (other than Messrs. Charles Wyly, Jr. and Sam Wyly, who did not participate in our bonus plans) to provide financial incentives to those members of management who were in positions to make important contributions to Michaels’ success.  The bonus plan tied the target level bonuses to the attainment of certain financial, operational and strategic objectives, which are assigned various weights based on each individual’s position.  The objectives for 2006 were generally based on income before taxes, income as a percentage of sales, comparable store sales increases and inventory efficiencies, although not all objectives were used for each individual.  Each participating executive officer was entitled to a bonus equal to a certain percentage of that executive officer’s salary based upon the attainment of the specified objectives.  The target levels for the bonuses were set at levels that the Compensation Committee believed to be reasonably achievable in view of Michaels’ historical annual performance.

The Compensation Committee had discretion to adjust bonuses and exercised that discretion for fiscal 2005 bonuses and, as described below, for fiscal 2006 bonuses.  In March 2006, the bonus plans for Messrs. Boyer, Sandfort, Bazzone and Kanter were revised by the Compensation Committee in view of their promotions and increased responsibilities described above.  The revised bonus plans were consistent with the 2006 bonus plan objectives, measurement categories and target levels described above.  On April 26, 2006, to encourage the named executive officers to remain with Michaels during the strategic alternative process that led to the completion of the Merger on October 31, 2006, the Board of Directors approved certain enhancements to the Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plans.  Pursuant to theses enhancements, each of the named executive officers (other than Messrs. Charles Wyly, Jr. and Sam Wyly) was guaranteed a 2006 cash bonus at the threshold level of one payment tier below the executive’s target annual bonus under the Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for that executive.  Each of these named executive officers was also eligible to receive an additional bonus payment of up to 75% of his target annual bonus, based on the executive’s individual performance rating in fiscal 2006.  The amount of the additional bonus was to be determined at the level of 75% for an “exceeds expectations” rating, 50% for a “high meets expectations” rating, and 25% for a “low meets expectations” rating.  Each of the named executive officers received an additional bonus at the 50% level.

Based on our performance and the performance of the individual named executive officers, under the Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plans, the named executive officers received the fiscal 2006 bonuses set forth under the heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In April 2007, an

58




inconsistency in the design of Mr. Bazzone’s Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan was brought to the attention of our Board of Directors. To address this inconsistency, our Board approved an additional bonus payment to Mr. Bazzone in the amount of $35,292 for his performance in fiscal 2006. See the “Bonus” column in the Summary Compensation Table.

Equity-Based Compensation

In June 2005, Michaels’ stockholders approved the Michaels Stores, Inc. 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan.  Prior to this plan’s adoption, Michaels maintained stock option plans for its directors, officers and key employees.  The 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan permitted the grant of various types of incentive compensation, including options, appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units, thereby providing Michaels with greater flexibility to create incentives for and compensate its directors, executive officers and key employees.  After adoption and approval of the 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan, Michaels ceased granting stock options under any prior existing plan.  Accordingly, all incentive awards to directors, executive officers and key employees from June 2005 until the consummation of the Merger on October 31, 2006 were made under the 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan.

The Compensation Committee believed that the grant of equity-based awards aligned executive and stockholder near-term and long-term interests by creating a strong and direct link between executive compensation and stockholder return.

In compensating executive officers prior to the Merger through equity-based awards, the Compensation Committee, pursuant to certain established guidelines, made discretionary awards based upon the level of responsibility and performance of the individual receiving the award and, beginning in 2006, upon the dollar value the awards were expected to deliver over a three-year period.  The Compensation Committee reviewed and approved the guidelines used for such discretionary awards.  Annual awards pursuant to the then-effective guidelines were made in August 2005, consistent with the timing of annual awards in the prior two years.  In connection with their promotions, in April 2006, Messrs. Boyer and Sandfort were each awarded options to purchase 25,180 shares of our Common Stock under our 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan.  Annual awards were not made in 2006 because at the time these awards were typically made (August), the merger agreement was in effect and prohibited us from granting such awards.

Other Benefits and Perquisites

Prior to the Merger, our named executive officers also received certain other benefits and perquisites.  These benefits included annual matching contributions to executive officers’ deferred compensation and 401(k) accounts, the payment of life insurance premiums, Company-paid medical benefits and, in some cases, reimbursement for income taxes on taxable benefits.  The perquisites for our most senior executives also included the personal use of Company-owned automobiles and payment of or reimbursement for club membership dues.  The Compensation Committee believed that these benefits and perquisites formed a part of the total compensation package designed to attract and retain highly qualified individuals.

Change in Control Severance Arrangements

In order to encourage the named executive officers to remain with the Company during the strategic alternative process, on April 26, 2006, the Board of Directors authorized Michaels to enter into a change in control severance agreement with Messrs. Boyer, Sandfort, Bazzone, DeCaro and Kanter and adopted a change in control bonus plan in which each of those individuals participates.  For a description of these arrangements, see “Executive and Director Compensation — Potential Payments Upon  Change in Control — Rights and Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Prior to the time of our announcement that we were investigating strategic alternatives, Mr. Rouleau informed the Board that he was considering retirement.  In order to ensure a smooth leadership transition, the Board determined that an amendment to Mr. Rouleau’s employment agreement was appropriate.  The terms of Mr. Rouleau’s amended employment agreement are discussed below under “Executive and Director Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Change in Control — Rights and Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

IRS Limits on Deductibility

Since the Merger, the equity securities of Michaels are no longer publicly held; accordingly, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code no longer applies to Michaels.

59




POST-MERGER COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Following the Merger, our Board of Directors appointed a new Compensation Committee, comprised of Michael S. Chae and Matthew S. Levin, each of whom is affiliated with our current stockholders and, therefore, is not deemed an independent director.  The following discussion and analysis relates to our compensation for fiscal 2006 following the Merger.

Post-Merger Compensation Program

Generally, our post-Merger compensation program has continued the overall approach of our pre-Merger compensation program, modified as appropriate to reflect that we are now a privately-owned company.  The principal present objectives of our post-Merger executive officer compensation program are:

·                  attracting and retaining highly qualified individuals who make contributions that result in Michaels meeting its financial goals;

·                  motivating employees to exceptional levels of operating and financial performance; and

·                  aligning employee interests with the long-term goals of our new stockholders.

Currently, the total compensation for our executive officers consists of three components:  base salary, annual cash incentive bonuses and long-term incentive awards.  The Compensation Committee and the Board have adjusted the cash incentive compensation program for our executive officers to provide higher cash incentive compensation for exceptional corporate and financial performance.  While the Compensation Committee takes into account tax and accounting considerations in structuring the components of our compensation program, these considerations are secondary to the primary objectives of the compensation program described above.

Post-Merger Compensation Strategy

The Compensation Committee approves and recommends to the Board the compensation for all executive officers.  The Board is ultimately responsible for determining the compensation of our named executive officers, although under our certificate of incorporation equity-based awards must also be approved by a majority of our stockholders.  Both the Compensation Committee and the Board are advised with respect to decisions regarding the executive officers, other than the co-Presidents, by Michaels’ senior management.  In determining compensation levels for Michaels’ executive officers, the Compensation Committee considers the scope of an individual’s responsibilities, an individual’s performance and prior experience, the performance of the Company and the attainment of planned financial and strategic initiatives.  These factors are evaluated by the Compensation Committee and the Board with no particular weight given to any one factor.  The Compensation Committee considers overall past compensation and incentives in determining the compensation of executive officers and assuring that the executives have appropriate incentives to achieve high levels of corporate performance.  Although the Compensation Committee has retained third-party compensation consultants to advise it with respect to the Company’s overall compensation program for all employees, compensation for senior executives is generally recommended to the Board by the Compensation Committee based on the experience of the members of the Compensation Committee.

Post-Merger Compensation Elements

Base Salaries

In furtherance of the compensation program objectives described above, the Board, upon the Compensation Committee’s recommendation, chose to increase the base salaries of the executive officers listed in the table below.  Accordingly, the Board and, in accordance with our certificate of incorporation then in effect, the holders of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Company approved increases to annual base salaries as of December 31, 2006 for the named executive officers listed below.

60




 

Name

 

Increase

 

New Base Salary

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

$

125,000

 

$

625,000

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

125,000

 

625,000

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

41,000

 

325,000

 

 

Annual Bonuses

In March 2007, the Compensation Committee recommended and the Board approved fiscal year 2007 annual bonus plans for the named executive officers to provide financial incentives to those members of management who are in positions to make important contributions to Michaels’ success.  The bonus plan ties 25% of the available bonus to the individual’s job performance and 75% of the available bonus to Michaels’ attainment of certain financial, operational and strategic objectives, which are assigned various weights based on each individual’s position.  The financial objectives for all named executive officers include, and for our co-Presidents consist primarily of, consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as adjusted for inventory levels.  In addition, for Mr. Bazzone, our Executive Vice President — Specialty Businesses, the objectives include business unit earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and specialty business comparable store sales; for Mr. DeCaro, our Executive Vice President — Supply Chain, the objectives include buyer contributions to earnings, as adjusted for inventory efficiencies, and supply chain network expense ratio; and for Mr. Kanter, our Executive Vice-President — Chief Merchant, the objectives include buyer contribution to earnings, as adjusted for inventory efficiencies, and merchandising comparable sales.  Each participating named executive officer is entitled to a bonus equal to a certain percentage of that executive officer’s salary based upon the attainment of the specified objectives  For our co-Presidents, these percentages range from 21% to 140% (with a target of 70%) of base salary, and for the other participating named executive officers, these percentages range from 15% to 100% (with a target of 50%) of base salary.  In furtherance of the compensation program objectives described above, the target bonuses and maximum bonus opportunities for participating executive officers generally represent greater percentages of salary for exceptional financial and operational performance than in the past.  The target levels of performance for the bonus goals have been set at levels that the Compensation Committee and the Board believe to be reasonably achievable in view of Michaels’ historical annual performance.

Equity-Based Compensation

On February 15, 2007, our Board and stockholders approved the Michaels Stores, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as certain specific grants under the plan to key employees.  In addition, the stockholders granted the Board authority to make grants to other eligible participants in the future.  The plan has been established to advance the interests of Michaels and its affiliates by providing for the grant to eligible participants (key employees and directors of, and consultants and advisors to, Michaels or its affiliates) of equity-based awards.  Awards under the plan are intended to align the long-term incentives of our executives and stockholders.

The named executive officers listed below received stock option grants on February 16, 2007.  Each option is divided into six tranches with different exercise prices.  The lowest exercise price is $15.00 per share, which was determined by the Board to be the fair market value per share of our Common Stock on the date of grant.  Each tranche vests 20% on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date; all unvested options vest immediately upon a change of control, as defined in the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated February 16, 2007 among Michaels and its stockholders.  The amounts of awards were based on each named executive officer’s position at Michaels.

 

 

Number of Shares of Common Stock Underlying Stock Option

 

Name

 

Total Shares

 

Tranche 1
(Exercise
Price $15.00
Per Share)

 

Tranche 2
(Exercise
Price $22.50
Per Share)

 

Tranche 3
(Exercise
Price $30.00
Per Share)

 

Tranche 4
(Exercise
Price $37.50
Per Share)

 

Tranche 5
(Exercise
Price $45.00
Per Share)

 

Tranche 6
(Exercise
Price $52.50
Per Share)

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

1,532,904

 

510,968

 

510,968

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

1,532,904

 

510,968

 

510,968

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

127,742

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

454,192

 

151,398

 

151,398

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

454,192

 

151,398

 

151,398

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

454,192

 

151,398

 

151,398

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

37,849

 

 

61




Other Benefits and Perquisites

Our named executive officers also receive certain other benefits and perquisites.  These benefits include annual matching contributions to executive officers’ 401(k) accounts, the payment of life insurance premiums, Company-paid medical benefits and, in some cases, reimbursement for income taxes on taxable benefits.  The perquisites for each of our co-Presidents also includes the personal use of Company-leased automobiles.  The Compensation Committee and the Board believe retaining a number of the perquisites the named executive officers received prior to the Merger is an important element in retaining those individuals.

Change in Control Severance Arrangements

Each of Messrs. Boyer, Sandfort, Bazzone, DeCaro and Kanter has a change in control severance agreement and participates in the change in control bonus plan.  For a description of these arrangements, see “Executive and Director Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control — Rights and Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control” section below.  Mr. Rouleau also has an employment agreement with Michaels that was amended at the time of his resignation.  The terms of Mr. Rouleau’s amended employment agreement are discussed under “Executive and Director Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control — Rights and Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” section below.  All of the foregoing agreements and the change in control bonus plan were entered into prior to the Merger.

IRS Limits on Deductibility

Since the Merger, the equity securities of Michaels are no longer publicly held; accordingly, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code no longer applies to Michaels.

compensation committee report

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

Michael S. Chae
Matthew S. Levin

62




EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the compensation for fiscal 2006 paid to or earned by our co-principal executive officer and principal financial officer, our other co-principal executive officer, our three other most highly compensated executive officers, and three former executive officers (collectively, the “Named Executives”).

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

Option
Awards
($) (1)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (2)

 

All Other
Compensation
($) (3)

 

Total
($)

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer,
President and Chief Financial Officer
(4)

 

2006

 

499,039

 

 

329,288

 

480,208

 

709,889

 

2,018,424

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory A. Sandfort,
President and Chief Operating Officer (5)

 

2006

 

384,615

 

 

393,400

 

472,083

 

1,054,549

 

2,304,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas M. Bazzone,
Executive Vice President
— Specialty Businesses
(6)

 

2006

 

339,346

 

35,292

(7)

422,578

 

157,198

 

952,210

 

1,906,624

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas C. DeCaro,
Executive Vice President
— Supply Chain

 

2006

 

275,731

 

 

256,295

 

151,250

 

452,220

 

1,135,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harvey S. Kanter,
Executive Vice President
— Chief Merchant
(8)

 

2006

 

330,529

 

 

317,108

 

188,573

 

534,492

 

1,370,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

R. Michael Rouleau,
President and Chief Executive Officer
(9)

 

2006

 

124,323

 

 

 

84,177

(10)

2,977,255

 

3,185,755

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles J. Wyly, Jr.,
Chairman of the Board of Directors (11)

 

2006

 

337,500

 

 

 

 

5,006,477

 

5,343,977

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sam Wyly,
Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
(12)

 

2006

 

168,750

 

 

 

 

4,057,629

 

4,226,379

 


(1)             The amounts in this column reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with FAS 123(R) for fiscal 2006 for awards granted in and prior to 2006.  For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)             The amounts in this column reflect the cash awards to the Named Executives under the Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan and the one-time bonus enhancement, which are discussed in further detail in the section “Pre-Merger Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Pre-Merger Compensation Elements — Annual Bonuses.”

63




(3)             The table below reflects the components of this column.

Name

 

Sports
Tickets
($)

 

Medical
Benefits
($)

 

Insurance
Premiums
($)

 

Company
Contributions
to 401(k) and
Deferred
Compensation
Plans
($)

 

Retirement/
Severance
Payments/
Accruals
($)

 

Change in
Control
Payments
($) (a)

 

Tax
Gross-ups
($)

 

Other
($) (b)

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

16,113

 

10,758

 

1,602

 

15,588

 

0

 

655,491

 

9,928

 

409

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

11,307

 

28,368

 

1,728

 

4,360

 

0

 

997,165

 

7,172

 

4,449

(c)

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

2,827

 

26,583

 

1,264

 

11,553

 

0

 

907,276

 

2,298

 

409

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

11,873

 

30,828

 

1,555

 

7,732

 

0

 

390,958

 

8,865

 

409

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

5,088

 

28,468

 

1,322

 

12,520

 

0

 

483,008

 

3,677

 

409

 

R. Michael Rouleau

 

0

 

22,117

 

40,006

 

5,010

 

2,021,381

(d)

805,337

 

53,626

 

29,778

(e)

Charles J. Wyly, Jr.

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

4,932,008

(f)

0

 

74,469

(g)

Sam Wyly

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

3,966,016

(h)

0

 

91,613

(i)


(a)            The amounts in this column reflect the dollar amounts received by the Named Executives pursuant to the cancellations of unvested stock options in connection with the Merger.  See the Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal 2006 table and the notes to that table.

(b)           The amounts in this column reflect for each of Messrs. Boyer, Sandfort, Bazzone, DeCaro and Kanter the cost attributable to a Christmas gift.

(c)            In addition to the item noted in footnote (b) above, the amount shown also includes $4,040 for the personal use of Company-owned airline travel passes.

(d)           In connection with Mr. Rouleau’s retirement, (A) he received base salary payments totaling $741,850 in fiscal 2006; (B) he will receive bi-weekly payments at an annual rate of $840,000 through January 31, 2008; (C) the Company transferred a Company-owned automobile to Mr. Rouleau, valued at $42,820; (D) his life insurance and disability insurance benefits, the annual premiums of which are valued at $40,006, will continue in effect through January 31, 2008, including his Company-owned and paid whole life insurance policies which will be transferred to Mr. Rouleau on January 31, 2008; and (E) he and his spouse are entitled to medical, dental and vision benefits, at an aggregate cost to the Company of $356,705, on the retirement terms set forth in Mr. Rouleau’s amended and restated employment agreement, dated as of July 7, 2004, as further amended on March 15, 2006.

(e)            The amount shown includes $6,324 for the personal use of a Company-owned automobile, $1,008 for the personal use of Company-owned airline travel passes, $2,446 for club membership dues paid by the Company on behalf of Mr. Rouleau, and $20,000 for a retirement gift to Mr. Rouleau.

(f)              In addition to the stock option payout noted in footnote (a) above, the amount shown also includes $3,000,000 received by Mr. Charles J. Wyly, Jr. pursuant to a Separation Agreement entered into with Michaels on October 31, 2006.

(g)           The amount shown includes $19,984 for the personal use of a Company-owned automobile and $54,485 for the transfer of an older Company-owned automobile.

(h)           In addition to the stock option payout noted in footnote (a) above, the amount shown also includes $3,000,000 received by Mr. Sam Wyly pursuant to a Separation Agreement entered into with Michaels on October 31, 2006.

(i)               The amount shown includes $17,737 for the personal use of a Company-owned automobile, $43,789 for the transfer of an older Company-owned automobile, and $30,087 for the transfer of a Company-owned airline travel pass.

(4)             Mr. Boyer became our President and Chief Financial Officer on March 15, 2006.  Mr. Boyer was previously our Executive Vice President — Chief Financial Officer.

(5)             Mr. Sandfort became our President and Chief Operating Officer on March 15, 2006.  Mr. Sandfort was previously our Executive Vice President — General Merchandise Manager.

64




(6)             Mr. Bazzone became an Executive Vice President on March 15, 2006. Mr. Bazzone was previously President of Recollections and Star Wholesale.

(7)             The Board approved an additional bonus to Mr. Bazzone under his Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan to address an inconsistency in Mr. Bazzone’s bonus plan design.

(8)             Mr. Kanter became an Executive Vice President on March 15, 2006. Mr. Kanter was previously President of Aaron Brothers, Inc.

(9)             Mr. Rouleau retired from the offices of President and Chief Executive Officer on March 15, 2006, but currently serves as special advisor to our Board of Directors to provide advice and counsel to our Board.

(10)       The amount in this column reflects a bonus payment to Mr. Rouleau prorated to March 31, 2006.

(11)       Mr. Charles J. Wyly, Jr. resigned as Chairman of the Board of Directors on October 31, 2006.

(12)       Mr. Sam Wyly resigned as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors on October 31, 2006.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2006

 

 

 

 

Estimated Potential Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (1)

 

All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying

 

Exercise or
Base Price
of Option

 

Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Options

 

Name

 

Grant
Date

 

Threshold
($)

 

Target
($)

 

Maximum
($)

 

Options
(#)

 

Awards
($/Sh)

 

Awards
($) (2)

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

04/07/2006
N/A

 


120,052

 


431,250

 


601,042

 

25,180

 

37.15

(3)

188,787

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

04/07/2006
N/A

 


120,833

 


427,500

 


595,417

 

25,180

 

37.15

(4)

188,787

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

N/A

 

84,958

 

206,750

 

307,750

 

 

 

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

N/A

 

68,750

 

165,000

 

247,500

 

 

 

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

N/A

 

86,266

 

207,038

 

310,556

 

 

 

 

R. Michael Rouleau

 

N/A

 

13,468

 

67,342

 

101,013

 

 

 

 

Charles J. Wyly, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sam Wyly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)             The threshold, target and maximum amounts in these columns have been provided in accordance with Item 402(d) of Regulation S-K and show the range of payouts targeted for fiscal 2006 performance under the Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan as discussed in further detail in “Pre-Merger Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Pre-Merger Compensation Elements — Annual Bonuses.” A portion of this range includes a one-time bonus enhancement, which includes an individual performance rating component as discussed in further detail in “Pre-Merger Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Pre-Merger Compensation Elements — Annual Bonuses”.  However, there are no future payouts as the 2007 bonus payments for fiscal 2006 performance have already been made, as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

(2)             The amounts in this column have been calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model, based on the following assumptions:  expected life of option of three years; a risk-free interest rate of 4.89%; a volatility rate of 22.58%; and a dividend yield of 1.00%.

(3)             Upon his becoming our President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Boyer received options to purchase 25,180 shares of Common Stock with a grant price equal to $37.15 per share, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our Common Stock on the grant date calculated in accordance with the provisions of our 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan.  Upon consummation of the Merger, these unvested options were canceled under our 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan, and Mr. Boyer received a cash payment with respect to such canceled options.  The cash payment is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “All Other Compensation.”

65




(4)             Upon his becoming our President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Sandfort received options to purchase 25,180 shares of Common Stock with a grant price equal to $37.15 per share, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our Common Stock on the grant date calculated in accordance with the provisions of our 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan.  Upon consummation of the Merger, these unvested options were canceled under our 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan, and Mr. Sandfort received a cash payment with respect to such canceled options.  The cash payment is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “All Other Compensation.”

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

Pursuant to the merger agreement, all outstanding options to purchase shares of Common Stock granted under our equity-based compensation plans were, on October 31, 2006, canceled and converted into the right to receive an applicable portion of the overall Merger consideration.  Consequently, there were no outstanding options under any previously established equity-based compensation plan at the end of fiscal 2006, and Michaels does not intend to make any future issuances of Common Stock under such plans.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal 2006

The following table provides information concerning exercises of stock options during fiscal 2006, as well as information concerning cancellations of outstanding stock options in connection with the Merger, for which the Named Executives received an applicable portion of the overall Merger consideration.

 

 

Option Awards

 

Name

 

Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise
(#) (1)

 

Value Realized
on Exercise
($) (2)

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

248,096

 

5,323,611

(3)

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

152,264

 

2,040,580

(4)

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

168,750

 

2,457,500

(5)

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

148,750

 

2,773,925

(6)

Harvey S. Kanter

 

158,195

 

2,750,873

(7)

R. Michael Rouleau

 

1,125,000

 

21,871,118

(8)

Charles J. Wyly, Jr.

 

1,380,000

 

32,752,620

(9)

Sam Wyly

 

792,500

 

18,656,125

(10)


(1)             The number of shares acquired on exercise include the number of shares covered by vested and unvested options canceled in connection with the Merger, effectively treating that cancellation of options as equivalent to exercise of the options.

(2)             With respect to the dollar amounts realized pursuant to the cancellations of vested and unvested stock options in connection with the Merger, the amounts shown reflect the dollar amount realized by multiplying the number of shares times the difference between the per share Merger consideration ($44.00) and the exercise price per share of the options.

(3)             The amounts shown include payments of $4,668,120 and $655,491 relating to the cancellation of 177,082 vested options and 71,014 unvested options, respectively, in connection with the Merger.

(4)             The amounts shown include payments of $1,043,415 and $997,165 relating to the cancellation of 64,583 vested options and 87,681 unvested options, respectively, in connection with the Merger.

(5)             The amounts shown include payments of $1,550,224 and $907,276 relating to the cancellation of 97,915 vested options and 70,835 unvested options, respectively, in connection with the Merger.

(6)             The amounts shown include payments of $2,382,967 and $390,958 relating to the cancellation of 107,916 vested options and 40,834 unvested options, respectively, in connection with the Merger.

66




(7)             The amount shown includes payments of $1,723,831 and $483,008 relating to the cancellation of 85,695 vested options and 45,834 unvested options, respectively, in connection with the Merger.  It also includes a value of $544,034 relating to the exercise of 26,666 options prior to the Merger, calculated by multiplying the number of shares times the difference between the market price of the underlying securities at exercise and the exercise price of the options.

(8)             The amount shown includes payments of $5,401,913 and $805,337 relating to the cancellation of 316,666 vested options and 133,334 unvested options, respectively, in connection with the Merger.  It also includes a value of $15,663,868 relating to the exercise of 675,000 options prior to the Merger, calculated by multiplying the number of shares times the difference between the market price of the underlying securities at exercise and the exercise price of the options.

(9)             The amount shown includes payments of $15,796,317 and $1,932,008 relating to the cancellation of 726,666 vested options and 183,334 unvested options, respectively, in connection with the Merger.  It also includes a value of $15,024,295 relating to the exercise of 470,000 options prior to the Merger, calculated by multiplying the number of shares times the difference between the market price of the underlying securities at exercise and the exercise price of the options.

(10)       The amount shown includes payments of $9,063,309 and $966,016 relating to the cancellation of 430,832 vested options and 91,668 unvested options, respectively, in connection with the Merger.  It also includes a value of $8,626,800 relating to the exercise of 270,000 options prior to the Merger, calculated by multiplying the number of shares times the difference between the market price of the underlying securities at exercise and the exercise price of the options.

Pension Benefits

The Company has no pension plans.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal 2006

Name

 

Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($) (1)

 

Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($) (2)

 

Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY
($)

 

Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($) (3)

 

Aggregate
Balance
at Last
FYE
($) (4)

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

25,845

 

12,989

 

1,683

 

71,803

 

0

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

65,593

 

9,535

 

8,153

 

158,850

 

0

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

32,510

 

5,352

 

8,344

 

134,692

 

0

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

54,042

 

10,072

 

12,862

 

237,683

 

0

 

R. Michael Rouleau

 

6,178

 

3,842

 

78,019

 

3,247,475

(5)

0

 

Charles J. Wyly, Jr.

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Sam Wyly

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 


(1)             The amounts in this column are included in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Salary.”

(2)             The amounts in this column are included in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “All Other Compensation.”

(3)             The amounts in this column reflect distributions of account balances to the Named Executives pursuant to the termination of the Deferred Compensation Plan on October 31, 2006.

(4)             Because the account balances were distributed to the Named Executives as a result of the termination of the Deferred Compensation Plan, the aggregate balance as of the last day of fiscal 2006 was $0.

(5)             The amount shown includes a $330,779 distribution to Mr. Rouleau from his Deferred Compensation Plan in connection with his retirement in March 2006, as well as the distribution of his account balance pursuant to termination of the Deferred Compensation Plan on October 31, 2006.

67




Potential Payments Upon Termination Or Change In Control

Rights and Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control

Prior to the Merger, Michaels entered into a change in control severance agreement, referred to as the Change in Control Agreements, with Messrs. Boyer, Sandfort, Bazzone, DeCaro and Kanter on April 26, 2006.  Under the Change in Control Agreements, because a change in control (as defined in the Change in Control Agreements) occurred on October 31, 2006 as a result of the Merger, the executive became immediately entitled to the following benefits:

·                  Accelerated vesting of all equity-based compensation awards;

·                  Continued employment with Michaels in an equivalent position for two years following the change in control, unless earlier terminated;

·                  Base compensation, cash bonus awards, long-term incentive opportunities and retirement, welfare and fringe benefits for two years following the change in control (unless earlier terminated) at levels at least equal to the compensation and benefits received by the executive immediately prior to the change in control; and

·                  Comprehensive officer liability insurance coverage and continued indemnification rights.

Executives who are party to a Change in Control Agreement are also entitled to severance benefits if the executive’s employment is terminated under certain circumstances after a change in control.  Under the Change in Control Agreements, the Merger constituted a change in control, and an executive is entitled to those severance benefits if, during the two-year period after October 31, 2006, the executive is terminated without cause (termination with cause includes conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude or misappropriation of assets, fraud or willful misconduct that is materially detrimental to the Company, and willful and continued failure to perform executive’s duties) or resigns for good reason (which includes significant changes in an executive’s duties, responsibilities or reporting relationships, failure to provide equivalent compensation and benefits and being required to relocate 50 or more miles).  If terminated or separated from Michaels under those circumstances, the executive would be entitled to the following additional benefits under the Change in Control Agreement:

·                  a lump-sum cash severance payment equal to two times (three times for our co-Presidents) the sum of (i) the executive’s base salary in effect on the date of termination and (ii) the greater of the average annual incentive award for the previous three fiscal years and the target annual bonus for the year of termination;

·                  a prorated target annual bonus for the year of termination;

·                  the continuation of welfare and fringe benefits for two years (three years for our co-Presidents) after termination of employment;

·                  the accelerated vesting of all equity-based compensation awards and the termination of any restrictions and forfeiture provisions related to such awards, except for stock options granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan through the date of this filing;

·                  two additional years (three additional years for our co-Presidents) of service credit for purposes of computing the executive’s accrued benefits under our 401(k) Plan; and

·                  reimbursement for the cost of executive level outplacement services (subject to a $50,000 ceiling).

In order to obtain severance benefits under a Change in Control Agreement, an executive must first execute a separation agreement with Michaels that includes a waiver and release of any and all claims against Michaels and a commitment that, for one year following termination, the executive will not solicit or hire any employee of Michaels or its subsidiaries and will not interfere with any relationship between Michaels and its employees, customers or suppliers.  In addition to the foregoing, in accordance with the Change in Control Agreements, Michaels will make certain tax “gross-up” payments to address taxes, interest and penalties that may be imposed under applicable tax laws in connection with golden parachute payments and will reimburse the executive for certain legal fees and related expenses.

68




Michaels has also adopted a change in control bonus plan, referred to as the Change in Control Bonus Plan, in which Messrs. Boyer, Sandfort, Bazzone, DeCaro and Kanter, and certain other key employees participate.  Under the Change in Control Bonus Plan, because a change in control occurred prior to December 31, 2007, each executive officer will receive a $125,000 bonus on the one-year anniversary of the October 31, 2006 change in control.  If an executive’s employment is terminated as a result of the change in control prior to the one-year anniversary, the executive will receive the change in control bonus within 10 business days of the termination date.

The table below reflects the amount of compensation, payable under the Change in Control Agreements and the Change in Control Bonus Plan described above, to the individuals serving as executive officers as of the end of fiscal 2006 in the event of involuntary termination without cause or resignation for good reason.  The amounts shown assume that such termination was effective as of February 3, 2007.  The actual amounts to be paid out can only be determined at the time of such executive’s separation from the Company.

 

Executive Benefits and
Payments Upon Separation ($)

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

 

 

Salary

 

1,875,000

 

Bonus

 

1,323,958

 

Retirement Plan

 

100,469

 

Outplacement Services

 

50,000

 

Health and Welfare Benefits

 

40,270

 

Life Insurance Premiums

 

5,652

 

Tax Gross-Ups

 

1,075,470

 

Company-Paid Automobile

 

82,706

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 

4,553,525

 

  

 

 

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

 

 

Salary

 

1,875,000

 

Bonus

 

1,309,583

 

Retirement Plan

 

100,469

 

Outplacement Services

 

50,000

 

Health and Welfare Benefits

 

106,482

 

Life Insurance Premiums

 

7,488

 

Tax Gross-Ups

 

1,202,187

 

Company-Paid Automobile

 

72,487

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

4,723,696

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

 

 

Salary

 

700,000

 

Bonus

 

524,239

 

Retirement Plan

 

35,688

 

Outplacement Services

 

50,000

 

Health and Welfare Benefits

 

70,988

 

Life Insurance Premiums

 

1,992

 

Tax Gross-Ups

 

475,738

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 

1,858,645

 

  

 

 

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

 

 

Salary

 

650,000

 

Bonus

 

441,250

 

Retirement Plan

 

33,406

 

Outplacement Services

 

50,000

 

Health and Welfare Benefits

 

70,988

 

Life Insurance Premiums

 

5,496

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

1,251,140

 

 

 

 

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

 

 

Salary

 

700,000

 

Bonus

 

520,610

 

Retirement Plan

 

35,688

 

Outplacement Services

 

50,000

 

Health and Welfare Benefits

 

70,988

 

Life Insurance Premiums

 

2,760

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 

1,380,046

 

 

69




Additionally, participants (including our executive officers) in our Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan program were eligible to receive a one-time bonus enhancement.  Under the terms of the bonus plan enhancement, Michaels guaranteed a 2006 cash bonus for each participant at a minimum level of one payment tier below the participant’s target annual bonus.  Each participant was also made eligible to receive an additional bonus payment of up to 75% of the participant’s target annual bonus, based on the participant’s individual performance rating in fiscal 2006.  These bonus enhancements and additional bonuses were paid in fiscal 2007 and are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

As of March 15, 2006, R. Michael Rouleau retired as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President.  In connection with his retirement and pursuant to the Amendment to Employment Agreement (the “Amendment”) entered into between the Company and Mr. Rouleau (which was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on March 20, 2006), (i) he will continue to receive his current base salary of $840,000 through January 31, 2008 and he received a bonus for fiscal 2006, prorated to March 31, 2006, (ii) he and his spouse will continue to participate in the Company’s medical, dental and vision care plan on the same basis as that available from time to time to senior executive officers of the Company and their eligible dependents, (iii) his current life insurance and disability insurance benefits will continue in effect until January 31, 2008, including his Company-owned and paid whole life insurance policies which will be transferred to him on January 31, 2008, and (iv) his Company-paid automobile, valued at $42,820, was transferred to him and the Company made a tax gross-up payment to him for the income tax effect of this transfer.  Amounts paid to Mr. Rouleau in or with respect to fiscal 2006 as required by the Amendment are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “All Other Compensation”.

Upon consummation of the Merger, Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Sam Wyly ceased to be members of our Board.  In connection with the Merger, Charles J. Wyly, Jr.’s outstanding stock options were canceled and he received a cash payment in the amount of $17,728,325 with respect to such canceled options.  He also received $3,000,000 pursuant to a Separation Agreement entered into as of October 31, 2006 with Michaels.  Sam Wyly’s outstanding options were also canceled in connection with the Merger and he received a cash payment in the amount of $10,029,325 with respect to such canceled options.  He also received $3,000,000 pursuant to a Separation Agreement entered into as of October 31, 2006 with Michaels.

Director Compensation for Fiscal 2006

Prior to the Merger

The table below summarizes the compensation paid by the Company in fiscal 2006 to non-employee directors who served in 2006 prior to the consummation of the Merger on October 31, 2006.  Each of these directors resigned on October 31, 2006.

Name (1)

 

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)

 

Total
($)

 

Richard E. Hanlon

 

134,000

 

134,000

 

Richard C. Marcus

 

161,125

 

161,125

 

Liz Minyard

 

157,000

 

157,000

 

Cece Smith

 

162,250

 

162,250

 


(1)             Charles J. Wyly, Jr., our former Chairman of the Board, and Sam Wyly, our former Vice Chairman of the Board, are not included in this table as they are former executive officers of the Company and thus received no compensation for their services as directors.  The compensation received by Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Sam Wyly as executive officers of the Company is shown in the Summary Compensation Table.

Pre-Merger Director Compensation Policy

Prior to the Merger, each non-employee director received an annual base fee for services as a director.  The annual base fee for 2006 was $48,000, which was payable quarterly.  Each non-employee director was paid a fee of $1,500 for attendance at each regular

70




or special Board meeting and for attendance at each meeting of a committee of which they were a member.  For their service as members of the Special Advisory Committee, each non-employee director was paid a one-time fee of $25,000 and $3,000 for attendance at each  such committee meeting.  Each non-employee director who served as a member of any special committee other than the Special Advisory Committee was paid a fee of $1,500 for attendance at each such special committee meeting.  The Chairman of the Audit Committee received an annual fee of $15,000, the Chairman of the Compensation Committee received an annual fee of $10,000, and the Chairman of the Governance and Nominating Committee received an annual fee of $7,500, each of which was payable quarterly.  Non-employee directors who served as chairman of any special committee received a one-time fee of $15,000.  Each non-employee director was reimbursed for expenses incurred in attending meetings.

Post-Merger Director Compensation Policy

The current directors are not paid any fees for services as directors and they do not receive reimbursement for their expenses.

71




 

ITEM 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP

The following table presents information regarding the number of shares of Michaels Common Stock beneficially owned as of March 30, 2007 (unless otherwise indicated) by each of Michaels’ directors and the Named Executives (as defined in “Item 11. Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Executive and Director Compensation — Summary Compensation Table”), and the current directors and executive officers of Michaels as a group.  In addition, the table presents information about each person or entity known to Michaels to beneficially own 5% or more of Michaels Common Stock.  Unless otherwise indicated by footnote, the beneficial owner exercises sole voting and investment power over the shares noted below.  The percentage of beneficial ownership for our directors and executive officers, both individually and as a group, is calculated based on 118,262,731 shares of Michaels Common Stock outstanding as of March 30, 2007. Other than beneficial ownership information relating to the Company’s executive officers, the beneficial ownership information set forth below was provided by or on behalf of our Directors, our Sponsors, and Highfields, and the Company has not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the information so provided.

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership (1)

 

Percent of
Class (1)

 

Josh Bekenstein (2)

 

 

*

 

Michael S. Chae (3)

 

 

*

 

Todd Cook (2)

 

 

*

 

Matthew Kabaker (3)

 

 

*

 

Lewis Klessel (2)

 

 

*

 

Matthew S. Levin (2)

 

 

*

 

David McVeigh (3)

 

 

*

 

James A. Quella (3)

 

 

*

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

44,000

 

*

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

44,000

 

*

 

Thomas M. Bazzone

 

 

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

20,000

 

*

 

Harvey S. Kanter

 

 

 

R. Michael Rouleau

 

 

 

Charles J. Wyly, Jr.

 

 

 

Sam Wyly

 

 

 

Michaels Holdings LLC (2) (3)

 

110,373,482

 

93.3

%

Bain Capital Investors, LLC and related funds (2)

 

110,373,482

 

93.3

%

Affiliates of The Blackstone Group, L.P. (3)

 

110,373,482

 

93.3

%

Highfields Capital Management, LP and related funds (4)

 

7,333,250

 

6.2

%

All current directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

 

108,000

(5)

*

 


*                    Less than one percent.

(1)             Pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a person has beneficial ownership of any securities as to which such person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, undertaking, relationship or otherwise has or shares voting power and/or investment power or as to which such person has the right to acquire such voting and/or investment power within 60 days.  Percentage of beneficial ownership by a person as of a particular date is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person by the sum of the number of shares outstanding as of such date and the number of unissued shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting and/or investment power within 60 days.  Unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares shown includes outstanding shares of Common Stock owned as of March 30, 2007 by the person indicated.  There are no outstanding rights to acquire securities or voting and/or investment power.

(2)             Includes the 110,373,482 shares owned by Michaels Holdings LLC over which Bain Capital Investors, LLC and related funds may be deemed, as a result of their ownership of 50% of Michaels Holdings LLC’s total outstanding shares and certain provisions of Michaels Holdings LLC’s operating agreement, to have shared voting and dispositive power.  Bain Capital

72




Investors, LLC (“BCI”) is the administrative member of and makes investment and voting decisions on behalf of Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC.  Investment and voting decisions by BCI are made jointly by three or more individuals who are managing directors of the entity, and therefore no individual managing director of BCI is the beneficial owner of the shares ultimately of Michaels Common Stock directly owned by Michaels Holdings LLC. Messrs. Bekenstein and Levin are Managing Directors and Members of BCI, and they may therefore be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to all the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC.  Messrs. Bekenstein and Levin disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by BCI. Neither Mr. Cook nor Mr. Klessel has voting or dispositive power over any shares of Common Stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by BCI.  The address of Messrs. Bekenstein and Levin, and each of the Bain entities is c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199.

(3)             Includes the 110,373,482 shares owned by Michaels Holdings LLC over which affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. may be deemed, as a result of their ownership of 50% of Michaels Holdings LLC’s total outstanding shares and certain provisions of Michaels Holdings LLC’s operating agreement, to have shared voting and dispositive power.  Affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. include Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P., BCP V-S L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V-A L.P., Blackstone Participation Partnership V L.P. and BCP V Co-Investors L.P. (collectively, the “Blackstone Funds”).    Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C. (“BMA V”) is the general partner of each of the Blackstone Funds.  BMA V L.L.C. (“BMA”) is the sole member of BMA V, and may, therefore, be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares.   Investment and voting decisions by BMA are made jointly by three or more individuals who are managing directors, and therefore no individual managing director of BMA is the beneficial owner of the shares of Michaels Common Stock directly owned by Michaels Holdings LLC. Messrs. Chae and Quella are members of BMA, and they may therefore be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares. Messrs. Chae and Quella disclaim any beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by BMA.  Neither Mr. Kabaker nor Mr. McVeigh has voting or dispositive power over any shares of Common Stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Blackstone.  The address of Messrs. Chae and Quella, and each of the Blackstone entities is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

(4)             The address of Highfields Capital Management, LP and its related funds is 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(5)             Consistent with the disclaimers of beneficial ownership of Messrs. Bekenstein, Levin, Chae and Quella contained in notes (2) and (3) above, this number does not include the 110,373,482 shares of Michaels Common Stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by each of (a) Bain Capital Investors, LLC and related funds and (b) Affiliates of The Blackstone Group.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

In connection with the Merger, all outstanding options to purchase shares of Common Stock granted under our equity-based compensation plans were, on October 31, 2006, cancelled and converted into the right to receive an applicable portion of the overall Merger consideration.  Consequently, there were no outstanding options under any previously established equity-based compensation plan at the end of fiscal 2006, and Michaels does not intend to make any future issuances of Common Stock under such plans.

ITEM 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Donald R. Miller, Jr., the son-in-law of Charles J. Wyly, Jr., was Vice President — Market Development of Michaels until his departure on November 1, 2006.  In fiscal 2006, we paid Mr. Miller $212,000 in salary.  Mr. Miller also earned a fiscal 2006 cash bonus of $80,153, and received $177,470 in other fiscal 2006 compensation, including premium payments for life and long-term disability insurance, Company contributions to the 401(k) plan, medical benefits, other perquisites and personal benefits and tax gross-up payments.  In addition, upon his resignation, Mr. Miller became entitled to severance benefits under a Change in Control Agreement dated April 26, 2006, and a bonus under a Change in Control Bonus Plan, the terms of each of which are described under “Item 11. Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Executive and Director Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control — Rights and Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control.”  Under the Agreement and Plan, Mr. Miller was paid the aggregate amount of $867,000 and became entitled to a continuation for two years of welfare and fringe benefits, at an estimated cost to the Company of $73,493.  Mr. Miller is also entitled to reimbursement for outplacement services up to $50,000.

As more fully described in the section “The Merger” within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 above, we paid the Sponsors transaction fees totaling $60.0 million in connection with services provided by them related to the Merger, and we directly reimbursed the Sponsors, or paid on their behalf, fees incurred by them in

73




connection with the Merger of approximately $15.3 million. We also pay an annual management fee to the Sponsors in the amount of $12.0 million and an annual management fee to Highfields Capital Management LP in the amount of  $1.0 million. In connection with the consummation of the Merger, we paid to the Sponsors and Highfields the first five months of their annual management fee, $5.0 million and $420,000, respectively. The management fee is payable in advance in quarterly installments on April 1, July 1, October 1, and January 1.

In connection with the consummation of the Merger, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement with each of Sam Wyly and Charles J. Wyly, Jr., executive officers and directors of the Company prior to the Merger.  Under the Separation Agreement, each of Sam Wyly and Charles J. Wyly, Jr. received a lump sum payment of $3.0 million in exchange for his agreement to adhere to certain non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality restrictions.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we executed a participation agreement with CoreTrust Purchasing Group (“CPG”), which designates CPG as our exclusive supplier of non-merchandise supplies and equipment. In exchange, we are offered non-merchandise supplies and equipment from a variety of vendors at a pre-determined price. We do not pay any fees to participate in this group arrangement, and we can terminate our participation at any time prior to the expiration of the agreement without penalty. The vendors separately pay fees to CPG for access to CPG’s consortium of customers. The Blackstone Group, one of our Sponsors, entered into an agreement with CPG whereby The Blackstone Group receives a portion of the gross fees vendors pay to CPG based on the volume of purchases made by us and other participants.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2007, The Blackstone Group acquired a 65% equity interest in an external vendor we utilize to count our store inventory. In fiscal 2007, we expect that we will pay that vendor approximately $4.5 million for inventory counting services.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2007, officers of Michaels Stores Inc. and its subsidiaries were offered the opportunity to purchase shares of our Common Stock at a price of $15 per share. We sold 289,334 shares of our Common Stock to certain officers for approximately $4.3 million, and such shares represent approximately 0.24% of the total outstanding shares of Michaels Stores Inc.  Set forth in the table below is information regarding purchases of shares of our Common Stock in that transaction by the named executives who participated.

Named Executive

 

# of Shares

 

Total $ Amount

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

44,000

 

660,000

 

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

44,000

 

660,000

 

Thomas C. DeCaro

 

20,000

 

300,000

 

 

The Company has not adopted any formal policies or procedures for the review, approval or ratification of certain related-party transactions that may be required to be reported under the SEC disclosure rules.  Such transactions, if and when they are proposed or have occurred, have traditionally been (and will continue to be) reviewed by our Board (other than the directors involved, if any) on a case-by-case basis.  The Board may consider any relevant factors when reviewing the appropriateness of a related-party transaction, including (i) the importance of the transaction to the Company, (ii) the amount involved in the proposed transaction, (iii) the specific interest of the director or executive officer (or immediate family members of same) in the proposed transaction, and (iv) the overall fairness of the terms of the transaction to the Company.

As discussed in Item 10 above, no current director of our Board is deemed to be “independent” under our previously adopted independence standards.  See “Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant — Directors.”

74




ITEM 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S FEES

The following table presents fees for professional audit services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP for the audit of Michaels’ annual financial statements for each of fiscal 2005 and 2006, and fees billed for other services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP.

 

2006

 

2005

 

Audit Fees (1)

 

$1,687,000

 

$1,299,000

 

Audit-Related Fees (2)

 

79,500

 

43,000

 

Tax Fees (3)

 

 

1,592

 

All Other Fees (4)

 

28,500

 

6,360

 


(1)             Audit Fees consist principally of fees for the audit of our annual financial statements and review of our financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for those years, audit services provided in connection with compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and fees incurred in connection with the filing of registration statements with the SEC.

(2)             Audit-Related Fees for fiscal 2006 consist principally of fees related to employee benefit plans and statutory audits. Audit-Related fees for fiscal 2005 consist principally of fees related to employee benefit plans and statutory audits.

(3)             Tax Fees consist principally of tax compliance and preparation fees.

(4)             All Other Fees for fiscal 2006 consist principally of due diligence activities associated with the Merger and fees for online research software.  All Other Fees for fiscal 2005 consist principally of fees for online research software.

The Audit Committee Charter requires that the Audit Committee pre-approve all audit and non-audit engagements, fees, terms and services in a manner consistent with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and applicable listing standards promulgated by the SEC, except that such non-audit services need not be pre-approved if (i) the aggregate amount of all such non-audit services provided to Michaels constitutes not more than 5% of the total amount of fees paid by Michaels to its independent registered public accounting firm during the fiscal year in which the non-audit services are provided, (ii) such services were not recognized by Michaels at the time of engagement to be non-audit services, and (iii) such services were promptly brought to the attention of the Audit Committee and approved by the Audit Committee prior to completion of the audit.  The Audit Committee Charter permits the Audit Committee, at the time of the annual audit engagement, to pre-approve audit fees of up to 15% of the engagement fees for unanticipated additional audit costs within the scope of the audit. Any additional audit fees must be approved by the Chairman of the Audit Committee or any other member of the Audit Committee to whom the Audit Committee delegates such authority. The Audit Committee may delegate the authority to grant any pre-approvals to one or more members of the Audit Committee, provided that such member(s) reports any pre-approvals to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.  The services performed by Ernst & Young LLP in fiscal 2006 were approved in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee.

75




PART IV

ITEM 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

(1)       Consolidated Financial Statements:

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data on page F-1.

(2)       Exhibits:

The exhibits listed below and on the accompanying Index to Exhibits immediately following the financial statement schedules are incorporated herein or incorporated by reference into this report.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number

 

Description of Exhibit

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 30, 2006, among Bain Paste Mergerco, Inc., Blackstone Paste Mergerco, Inc., Bain Paste Finco, LLC, Blackstone Paste Finco, LLC and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on July 6, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

2.2

 

First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 1, 2006, among Bain Paste Mergerco, Inc., Blackstone Paste Mergerco, Inc., Bain Paste Finco, LLC, Blackstone Paste Finco, LLC and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on September 5, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Michaels Stores, Inc. (filed herewith).

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on November 6, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

4.1

 

Senior Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

4.2

 

Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

4.3

 

Subordinated Discount Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 

76




 

4.4

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Senior Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

4.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Senior Subordinated Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

4.6

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Subordinated Discount Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.1

 

Michaels Stores, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on February 21, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.2

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Registrant’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on February 21, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.3

 

Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 13, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.4

 

Form of Change in Control Retention Bonus Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 13, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.5

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Executive Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.6

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Chief Financial Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.7

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—General Merchandise Manager (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.8

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Store Operations (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.9

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Supply Chain (previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.10

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Financial Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.11

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Operating Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.12

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Chief Merchant (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 

77




 

10.13

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Specialty Businesses (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.14

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan Enhancement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 13, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.15

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Financial Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.16

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Operating Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.17

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Chief Merchant (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.18

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Specialty Businesses (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.19

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Supply Chain (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.20

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and R. Michael Rouleau, dated July 7, 2004 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for period ended July 31, 2004, filed by Registrant on September 1, 2004, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.21

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and R. Michael Rouleau, dated March 15, 2006 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.22

 

Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.23

 

Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2007, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (filed herewith).

10.24

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.25

 

Management Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Blackstone Management Partners V LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.26

 

Management Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Highfields Capital Management LP (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.27

 

Separation Agreement, dated October 31, 2006, between Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Michaels Stores, Inc. (filed herewith).*

10.28

 

Separation Agreement, dated October 31, 2006, between Sam Wyly and Michaels Stores, Inc. (filed herewith).*

 

78




 

10.29

 

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain directors of the Registrant (previously filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Form 10-K for period ended January 28, 2006, filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.30

 

Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain officers of the Registrant (previously filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Form 10-K for period ended January 28, 2006, filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.31

 

Term Lease Master Agreement between IBM Credit Corporation as Lessor and Michaels Stores, Inc. as Lessee (previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Form 10-K for the year ended February 1, 1997, filed by Registrant on May 2, 1997, SEC File No. 000-11822).

10.32

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., as lead borrower, the facility guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as syndication agent, Credit Suisse, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as co-documentation agents, the lenders named therein, and Banc of America Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.33

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, the other lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Credit Suisse, as co-documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.34

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2007, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, the other lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Credit Suisse, as co-documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on January 25, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 21.1 to Form 10-K for period ended January 28, 2006, filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

31.1

 

Certifications of Jeffrey N. Boyer pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

31.2

 

Certifications of Gregory A. Sandfort pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

32.1

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).


*

 

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

79




MICHAELS STORES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following consolidated financial statements of Michaels Stores, Inc. are included in response to Item 8:

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets at February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2007, January 28, 2006, and January 29, 2005

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2007, January 28, 2006, and January 29, 2005

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2007, January 28, 2006, and January 29, 2005

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2007, January 28, 2006, and January 29, 2005

F-8

Unaudited Supplemental Quarterly Financial Data for the fiscal years ended February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006

F-43

 

All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

F-1




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Michaels Stores, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Michaels Stores, Inc. as of February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 3, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Michaels Stores, Inc. at February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 3, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has restated its financial statements for the years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 to correct its accounting for merchandise inventories, leases, and stock options.

As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, in fiscal 2005, the Company changed its method of accounting for merchandise inventories and share-based compensation.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Michaels Stores, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 30, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment and an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, TX

April 30, 2007

F-2




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Michaels Stores, Inc.

We have audited management’s assessment, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting (see Item 9A), that Michaels Stores, Inc. did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2007, because of the effect of the material weakness identified in management’s assessment related to the detection and correction of the inappropriate application of the retail inventory method, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Michaels Stores, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment: The Company’s controls over the selection and monitoring of accounting practices used in the application of the retail inventory method resulted in the Company restating certain of its previously issued financial statements to reflect the appropriate accounting for merchandise inventories for fiscal years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005.  The Company’s application of the retail inventory method for merchandise inventories contained certain deficiencies that the Company’s controls were ineffective in timely detecting and correcting. The Company improperly excluded shrink, store use, and certain markdowns required to properly apply the retail inventory method, which had the effect of overstating merchandise inventories. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the fiscal 2006 financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated April 30, 2007 on those financial statements.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Michaels Stores, Inc. did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2007, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Michaels Stores, Inc. has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2007, based on the COSO criteria.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, TX

April 30, 2007

F-3




MICHAELS STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands except share data)

 

 

February 3,

 

January 28,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

(Restated)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

30,098

 

$

452,449

 

Merchandise inventories

 

847,529

 

784,173

 

Prepaid expenses and other

 

54,435

 

44,042

 

Deferred income taxes

 

35,216

 

34,062

 

Income tax receivable

 

32,902

 

 

Total current assets

 

1,000,180

 

1,314,726

 

Property and equipment, at cost

 

1,122,948

 

1,011,201

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(674,275

)

(586,382

)

 

 

448,673

 

424,819

 

Goodwill

 

115,839

 

115,839

 

Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $4,537 at February 3, 2007

 

120,193

 

 

Other assets

 

8,117

 

20,249

 

 

 

244,149

 

136,088

 

Total assets

 

$

1,693,002

 

$

1,875,633

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

214,470

 

$

193,595

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

290,431

 

282,499

 

Income taxes payable

 

7,331

 

20,672

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

229,765

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

741,997

 

496,766

 

Long-term debt

 

3,728,745

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

29,139

 

2,803

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

68,444

 

88,637

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

3,826,328

 

91,440

 

 

 

4,568,325

 

588,206

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock, $0.10 par value, 220,000,000 shares authorized; 117,973,396 shares issued and outstanding at February 3, 2007; 1,026,666,655 shares authorized and 392,542,823 shares issued and 390,093,783 shares outstanding at January 28, 2006

 

11,797

 

39,254

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

387,852

 

Retained (deficit) earnings

 

(2,893,918

)

880,676

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

6,798

 

7,589

 

Treasury Stock (none at February 3, 2007 and 2,449,040 shares at January 28, 2006)

 

 

(27,944

)

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 

(2,875,323

)

1,287,427

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 

$

1,693,002

 

$

1,875,633

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4




MICHAELS STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands)

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

(Restated)

 

(Restated)

 

Net sales

 

$

3,864,976

 

$

3,676,365

 

$

3,393,251

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

2,379,808

 

2,300,321

 

2,143,678

 

Gross profit

 

1,485,168

 

1,376,044

 

1,250,573

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

1,033,326

 

987,312

 

898,445

 

Transaction expenses

 

205,393

 

 

 

Related party expenses

 

38,084

 

 

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

5,218

 

7,631

 

8,357

 

Operating income

 

203,147

 

381,101

 

342,771

 

Interest expense

 

104,548

 

22,409

 

20,434

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(11,383

)

(9,944

)

(4,604

)

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

109,982

 

368,636

 

326,941

 

Provision for income taxes

 

68,886

 

140,423

 

122,987

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

41,096

 

228,213

 

203,954

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of  income tax of $4.8 million

 

 

7,491

 

 

Net income

 

$

41,096

 

$

220,722

 

$

203,954

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5




MICHAELS STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

(Restated)

 

(Restated)

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

41,096

 

$

220,722

 

$

203,954

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

117,458

 

99,686

 

88,876

 

Amortization

 

1,164

 

388

 

394

 

Share-based compensation

 

15,307

 

29,808

 

 

Tax benefits from stock options exercised

 

(12,337

)

(25,221

)

 

Loss from early extinguishment of debt

 

 

12,136

 

 

Non-cash charge for the cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

12,299

 

 

Other

 

5,449

 

1,005

 

1,288

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise inventories

 

(63,606

)

2,184

 

(37,573

)

Prepaid expenses and other

 

(11,242

)

(17,429

)

2,585

 

Deferred income taxes and other

 

(25,702

)

6,770

 

915

 

Accounts payable

 

31,141

 

(62,671

)

83,558

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

42,769

 

38,027

 

38,443

 

Income taxes payable

 

26,189

 

32,901

 

39,699

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

(10,573

)

13,351

 

9,236

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

157,113

 

363,956

 

431,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property and equipment

 

(142,625

)

(118,346

)

(94,463

)

Purchases of short-term investments

 

 

(226

)

(50,379

)

Sales of short-term investments

 

 

50,605

 

 

Net proceeds from sales of property and equipment

 

40

 

49

 

133

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(142,585

)

(67,918

)

(144,709

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Notes

 

1,400,000

 

 

 

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

(124,813

)

 

 

Borrowings on senior secured term loan facility

 

2,400,000

 

 

 

Repayments on senior secured term loan facility

 

(55,875

)

 

 

Borrowings on asset-based revolving credit facility

 

1,005,436

 

 

 

Payments on asset-based revolving credit facility

 

(799,671

)

 

 

Equity investment of the Sponsors

 

1,649,508

 

 

 

Payment for old Common Stock in the Merger

 

(5,806,226

)

 

 

Repayment of Senior Notes due 2009

 

 

(209,250

)

 

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

(58,589

)

(46,181

)

(25,867

)

Repurchase of old Common Stock

 

(66,182

)

(190,431

)

(105,099

)

Proceeds from stock options exercised

 

35,608

 

37,690

 

35,494

 

Tax benefits from stock options exercised

 

12,337

 

25,221

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of old Common Stock and other

 

1,805

 

3,510

 

2,833

 

Change in cash overdraft

 

(31,459

)

 

 

Other

 

1,242

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(436,879

)

(379,441

)

(92,639

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and equivalents

 

(422,351

)

(83,403

)

194,027

 

Cash and equivalents at beginning of period

 

452,449

 

535,852

 

341,825

 

Cash and equivalents at end of period

 

$

30,098

 

$

452,449

 

$

535,852

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

55,388

 

$

19,653

 

$

19,570

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

78,526

 

$

94,591

 

$

85,368

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6




MICHAELS STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

For the Three Years Ended February 3, 2007

(In thousands except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Treasury

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

Common

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

Stock,

 

Income/

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

(Deficit) Earnings

 

at Cost

 

(Loss)

 

Total

 

Balance at January 31, 2004 - As Previously Reported

 

398,919,060

 

$

39,893

 

$

462,817

 

$

660,365

 

$

 

$

4,223

 

$

1,167,298

 

Cumulative effect of restatement (see Note 2)

 

 

 

27,431

 

(118,940

)

 

(715

)

(92,224

)

Balance at January 31, 2004 - Restated

 

398,919,060

 

39,893

 

490,248

 

541,425

 

 

3,508

 

1,075,074

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

203,954

 

 

 

203,954

 

Foreign currency translation and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,892

 

1,892

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

205,846

 

Exercise of stock options and other

 

10,859,443

 

1,086

 

37,241

 

 

 

 

38,327

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

28,750

 

 

 

 

28,750

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

(35,353

)

 

 

(35,353

)

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

(11,646,800

)

 

 

 

(105,099

)

 

(105,099

)

Retirement of treasury stock

 

 

(1,165

)

(103,934

)

 

105,099

 

 

 

Balance at January 29, 2005 - Restated

 

398,131,703

 

39,814

 

452,305

 

710,026

 

 

5,400

 

1,207,545

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

220,722

 

 

 

220,722

 

Foreign currency translation and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,189

 

2,189

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

222,911

 

Exercise of stock options and other

 

7,847,245

 

783

 

40,417

 

 

 

 

41,200

 

Share based compensation

 

 

 

31,053

 

 

 

 

31,053

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

25,221

 

 

 

 

25,221

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

(50,072

)

 

 

(50,072

)

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

(15,885,165

)

 

 

 

 

(190,431

)

 

(190,431

)

Retirement of treasury stock

 

 

(1,343

)

(161,144

)

 

162,487

 

 

0

 

Balance at January 28, 2006 - Restated

 

390,093,783

 

39,254

 

387,852

 

880,676

 

(27,944

)

7,589

 

1,287,427

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

41,096

 

 

 

41,096

 

Foreign currency translation and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

(791

)

(791

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,305

 

Exercise of stock options  and other

 

7,344,606

 

734

 

36,679

 

 

 

 

37,413

 

Share based compensation

 

 

 

15,307

 

 

 

 

15,307

 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

12,337

 

 

 

 

12,337

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

(45,212

)

 

 

(45,212

)

Acquisition of treasury stock

 

(5,665,733

)

 

 

 

(66,182

)

 

(66,182

)

Retirement of treasury stock

 

 

(812

)

(93,314

)

 

94,126

 

 

 

Acquisition and retirement of treasury stock in connection with the Merger

 

(384,439,323

)

(38,443

)

(1,997,305

)

(3,770,478

)

 

 

(5,806,226

)

Issuance of stock

 

110,640,063

 

11,064

 

1,647,804

 

 

 

 

1,658,868

 

Equity issuance costs

 

 

 

(9,360

)

 

 

 

(9,360

)

Balance at February 3, 2007

 

117,973,396

 

$

11,797

 

$

 

$

(2,893,918

)

$

 

$

6,798

 

$

(2,875,323

)

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7




MICHAELS STORES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Michaels Stores, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, unless the text otherwise indicates) owns and operates a chain of specialty retail stores in 48 states and Canada featuring arts, crafts, framing, floral, decorative wall décor, and seasonal merchandise for the hobbyist and do-it-yourself home decorator. Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Aaron Brothers, Inc., operates a chain of framing and art supply stores located in 11 states. Recollections, our scrapbooking/paper crafting retail concept, operates locations in Arizona, Maryland, Texas, and Virginia. We also operate Star Decorators Wholesale, with operations located in Arizona, California, Georgia, and Texas, offering merchandise primarily to interior decorators/designers, wedding/event planners, florists, hotels, restaurants, and commercial display companies.

Fiscal Year

We report on the basis of a 52 or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. References to fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year began. Fiscal 2006 ended on February 3, 2007, fiscal 2005 ended on January 28, 2006, and fiscal 2004 ended on January 29, 2005. Fiscal year 2006 contained 53 weeks, while fiscal 2005 and 2004 contained 52 weeks.

Adjustment of Stock Split

All references to the number of shares of Common Stock have been adjusted to retroactively reflect the two-for-one Common Stock split and the 2.9333-for-one Common Stock split, effected in the form of a stock dividend to stockholders of record as of the close of business on September 27, 2004 and January 26, 2007, respectively.

Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Michaels Stores, Inc. and all wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Foreign Currency Translation

Translation adjustments result from translating our Canadian subsidiary’s financial statements into U.S. dollars. Balance sheet accounts are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income statement accounts are translated at average exchange rates during the year. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) in our Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity. The cumulative translation adjustment is net of deferred taxes of $5.0 million, which is a decrease of approximately $456,000 from fiscal 2005.

Cash and Equivalents

Cash and equivalents are comprised of highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less and credit card clearing accounts. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. We record interest income earned from our cash and equivalents as a component of other income and expense, net, in our financial statements. Interest income was $9.6 million, $7.9 million, and $4.6 million for fiscal 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

F-8




Merchandise Inventories

We value our fiscal 2005 and 2006 merchandise inventories at Michaels stores at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using a weighted average method. We utilize perpetual inventory records to value inventory in our Michaels stores. Physical inventory counts are performed in a significant number of stores at the end of each fiscal quarter by a third party inventory counting service firm, with substantially all stores open longer than one year subject to at least one annual count. We adjust our perpetual records based on the results of the physical counts.

Cost is calculated based upon the purchase order cost of an item at the time it is received by us, reconciled to actual vendor invoices, and also includes the cost of warehousing, handling, purchasing, and transporting the inventory to the stores. Vendor allowances, which primarily represent volume rebates and cooperative advertising funds, are recorded as a reduction of the cost of the merchandise inventories. The cost of warehousing, handling, purchasing, and transporting, as well as vendor allowances, are recognized through cost of sales when the inventories are sold. Due to systems limitations, it is impracticable for us to assign specific costs and allowances to individual units of inventory. As such, to properly match net costs against the related revenues, we must use all available information to appropriately estimate the costs and allowances to be deferred and recognized each period. We earn vendor allowances as a consistent percentage of certain merchandise purchases with no minimum purchase requirements. We did not have any vendor allowance programs in fiscal 2006 that were based on purchase volume milestones and had an immaterial amount of milestone-based allowance programs in fiscal 2004 and 2005.

We maintain a provision for estimated shrinkage based on the actual historical results of our physical inventories. We compare our estimates to the actual results of the physical inventory counts as they are taken and adjust the shrink estimates accordingly. We also record adjustments to the value of inventory equal to the difference between the carrying value and the estimated market value, based on assumptions about future demand.

Fiscal 2004 merchandise inventories at Michaels stores were valued at the lower of cost or market using a retail inventory method. We performed complete physical inventories in a significant number of stores at the end of each fiscal quarter to estimate ending inventories valued at retail for all Michaels stores to be used in our retail inventory method. In determining our cost of goods sold and ending inventory at cost, we utilized a single pool of inventory for our Michaels’ stores inventories. A critical component of the cost of goods sold calculation is the calculation of the cost complement, or the ratio of merchandise available for sale at cost to merchandise available for sale at full retail value. We incorporated information from our point-of-sale (“POS”) system to develop estimates of shrink, store use, and certain markdowns when computing the cost complement. These estimates may materially affect the calculation of the cost of goods sold and ending inventory values. We recorded permanent markdown reserves in the period in which we determined that markdowns were required to sell certain merchandise. Such markdowns were based on each store’s perpetual inventory records.

We value the inventory at our distribution centers, Aaron Brothers stores, Star Decorators Wholesale stores, and custom framing operations at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using a weighted average method. The cost of inventory also includes certain costs associated with the warehousing, handling, purchasing, and transporting of the inventory.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. We expense repairs and maintenance costs as incurred. We capitalize and depreciate significant renewals or betterments that substantially extend the life of the asset. Useful lives are generally estimated as follows (in years):

Buildings

 

30

 

Leasehold improvements

 

10

*

Fixtures and equipment

 

8

 

Computer equipment

 

5

 


*                    We amortize leasehold improvements over the lesser of 10 years or the remaining lease term of the underlying facility.

F-9




Goodwill

Under the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, we do not amortize goodwill, but instead perform annual (or, under certain circumstances, more frequent) impairment tests. We have performed the required impairment tests of goodwill and the tests have not resulted in an impairment charge. We use discounted cash flow models to determine the fair value of our reporting units for purposes of our annual impairment tests.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically review long-lived assets for impairment by comparing the carrying value of the assets with their estimated future undiscounted cash flows. If it is determined that an impairment loss has occurred, the loss would be recognized during that period. The impairment loss is calculated as the difference between asset carrying values and the present value of estimated net cash flows or comparable market values, giving consideration to recent operating performance and pricing trends. In fiscal 2006, 2005, and 2004, we had no material impairment losses related to long-lived assets.

Reserve for Closed Facilities

We maintain a reserve for future rental obligations, carrying costs, and other closing costs related to closed facilities, primarily closed and relocated stores. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 146, Costs Associated With Disposal Activities, we recognize exit costs for any store closures at the time the store is closed.

The cost of closing a store or facility is calculated based on management’s estimate of costs to exit the lease, which generally represents the lesser of the present value of future rental obligations remaining under the lease (less estimated sublease rental income) or the lease termination fee. Once a store has been identified for closure, we accelerate the remaining depreciation so the assets are fully depreciated at the date of closure.

The following is a detail of account activity related to closed facilities:

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of fiscal year

 

$

4,170

 

$

6,769

 

$

4,492

 

Additions (reductions) charged to costs and expenses

 

1,654

 

2,637

 

3,763

 

Payment of rental obligations and other

 

(2,285

)

(5,236

)

(1,486

)

Balance at end of fiscal year

 

$

3,539

 

$

4,170

 

$

6,769

 

 

Insurance Liabilities

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance for our workers’ compensation, general liability, and employee-related health care plans. We pay premiums for these coverages, a portion of which are paid by our associates for health care costs. In addition, under our self-insurance, we pay all claims up to the limits provided for in our contracts. Liabilities associated with these plans are actuarially estimated, giving consideration to historical claims experience and industry trends. In the event our insurance carriers are unable to pay claims submitted to them, we would record a liability for such estimated payments we expect to incur.

F-10




Revenue Recognition

Revenue from sales of our merchandise is recognized at the time of the merchandise sale, excluding revenue from the sale of custom frames, which is recognized at the time of delivery. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes collected. We allow for merchandise to be returned under most circumstances and provide a reserve for estimated returns.

We record a gift card liability on the date we issue the gift card to the customer. We record revenue and reduce the gift card liability as the customer redeems the gift card. We escheat the value of unredeemed gift cards where required by law. Any remaining liabilities not subject to escheatment are evaluated to determine whether the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed is remote (gift card breakage). We recognize gift card breakage as revenue, by applying our estimate of the rate of gift card breakage over the period of estimated performance (36 months as of the end of fiscal 2006). Our estimates of the gift card breakage rate are applied to the estimated amount of gift cards that are expected to go unused that are not subject to escheatment and are based on customers’ historical redemption rates and patterns, which may not be indicative of future redemption rates and patterns. Prior to fiscal 2005, we did not have adequate historical information to estimate gift card breakage. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we recognized revenue of approximately $7.9 million related to gift card balances that we estimated will not be redeemed. During fiscal 2006, we recognized approximately $2.1 million related to such gift card balances.

Costs of Sales and Occupancy Expenses

Included in our costs of sales are the following:

·       purchase price or invoiced cost of merchandise, net of vendor allowances and rebates,

·       inbound freight, inspection costs, and duties,

·       warehousing, handling, and transporting costs (including internal transfer costs such as DC to store freight costs) and purchasing and receiving costs, and

·       share-based compensation costs for those employees involved in preparing inventory for sale.

These costs are included in merchandise inventories and expensed as the merchandise is sold.

Included in our occupancy expenses are the following:

·       store expenses such as rent, insurance, taxes, common area maintenance, utilities, repairs and maintenance,

·       amortization of store buildings and leasehold improvements,

·       store closure costs, and

·       store remodel costs.

We record rent expense ratably over the term of the lease beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises. We record leasehold improvement reimbursements as a liability and ratably accrete the liability as a reduction to rent expense over the lease term beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises. See Note 2 to these consolidated financial statements regarding the correction of our lease accounting policies for fiscal 2004 and prior.

Selling, General, and Administrative Costs

Included in our selling, general, and administrative costs are store personnel costs (including share-based compensation), store operating expenses, advertising expenses, store depreciation expense, and corporate overhead costs.

Advertising costs are expensed in the period in which the advertising first occurs. Our cooperative advertising allowances are accounted for as a reduction in the purchase price of merchandise since an obligation to advertise specific product does not exist in our cooperative advertising arrangements.

Advertising expense was $165.8 million, $163.1 million, and $148.4 million for fiscal 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, and is included in selling, general, and administrative expense.

F-11




Store Pre-Opening Costs

We expense all start-up activity costs as incurred, which primarily include store pre-opening costs. Rent expense incurred prior to the store opening is recorded in cost of sales and occupancy expense on our consolidated income statement.

Income Taxes

We record income tax expense using the liability method for taxes and are subject to income tax in many jurisdictions, including the United States, various states and localities, and Canada. A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on the tax returns for the current year and a deferred tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized. If different assumptions had been used, our tax expense, assets, and liabilities could have varied from recorded amounts. If actual results differ from estimated results or if we adjust these assumptions in the future, we may need to adjust our deferred tax assets or liabilities, which could impact our effective tax rate.

Share-Based Compensation

Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related guidance in accounting for our employee stock options.

As more fully described in Note 4 below, we elected to early adopt SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. We applied the provisions of the modified retrospective transition method as permitted by SFAS No. 123(R) from the beginning of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded compensation expense for unvested awards based on the amounts previously determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, for the first three quarters of fiscal 2005 and under SFAS No. 123(R) for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2005, compensation cost is based on the grant date fair value of the award and ratably recognized as expense over the effective vesting period.

Pro forma information regarding net income for fiscal 2004, as required by the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, has been determined as if we had accounted for our employee stock options under the fair value method. For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized over the options’ vesting periods. Our pro forma information is as follows:

 

Fiscal 2004

 

 

 

(as restated)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

203,954

 

Share-based employee compensation cost:

 

 

 

As if fair value method were applied, net of income tax

 

15,344

 

Pro forma net income

 

$

188,610

 

 

Prior to our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we reported the excess tax benefits associated with share-based awards as an operating cash inflow in our statement of cash flows. Beginning with our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we now report excess tax benefits as a cash inflow in the financing section of our statement of cash flows and would record a tax deficiency, if any, as a cash outflow from operating activities. For fiscal 2004, we reported $28.8 million of excess tax benefits as cash inflows in the operating activities section. For fiscal 2005 and 2006, we reported $25.2 million and $83.2 million, respectively, of excess tax benefits as a cash inflow to financing activities.

F-12




Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax positions. FIN 48 requires that a company recognize in its consolidated financial statements the impact of a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The provisions of FIN 48 will be effective for us, as of the beginning of fiscal 2007, with early adoption permitted.  Any cumulative effect recorded as a result of adopting FIN 48 will be recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting FIN 48 on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pensions and Other Postretirement Plans, which requires an entity to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its balance sheet and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income.  It also requires an entity to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end balance sheet.  As we have no publicly traded securities (due to the Merger), FAS 158 is effective for us at the end of fiscal 2007, with early adoption permitted.  We plan to adopt FAS 158 at the end of fiscal 2007, with no material impact expected on our consolidated income statement, balance sheet, shareholders’ equity, or cash flows statement.

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, which permits companies to measure certain financial instruments and other items at fair value (at specified measurement dates) that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Any unrealized gains or losses applicable to those items measured at fair value shall be reported in earnings. The decision to apply fair value shall generally be made on an instrument by instrument basis, is irrevocable, and is applied only to an entire instrument. The provisions of FAS 159 will be effective for us as of the beginning for fiscal 2008, with early adoption permitted.

Note 2.   Restatement

On April 2, 2007, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, in consultation with management and our independent registered accounting firm, determined that our application of our retail inventory method of accounting for merchandise inventory in its Michaels stores contained certain deficiencies. The correction of our retail inventory method resulted in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements for all years prior to fiscal 2006.

Our restatement also encompasses other charges recorded in prior fiscal years, the effects of which were previously considered immaterial to their respective periods.  These charges include the correction of an error related to the deferral of costs related to preparing our inventory for sale and vendor allowance recognition, recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 in the amount of $15.0 million, net of an income tax benefit of $8.9 million.  We also included the lease accounting correction, recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 in the amount of $8.0 million, net of an income tax benefit of $4.8 million. For purposes of this restatement, these previously reported cumulative charges were recorded in each of the prior periods to which they relate.

Finally, our restatement includes the resolution of our previously reported internal review of stock options grant practices. Based on our analysis, the amount of additional non-cash compensation cost that should have been recorded was approximately $27.1 million, net of income tax benefits of approximately $12.7 million, all of which relates to periods prior to fiscal 2001. In our restatement, we recognized this additional compensation cost as an adjustment to our beginning retained earnings balance for fiscal 2002.  For the periods presented in this report, this adjustment does not affect results of operations and only resulted in an offsetting adjustment to amounts within the “net cash provided by operating activities” section of our consolidated statements of cash flows, with no change to total cash flow or the classification of cash flows between operating activities, investing activities, or financing activities.

F-13




The tables below provide a reconciliation of our consolidated statements of income and certain line items affected within our consolidated statements of cash flows for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, as well as our consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2006, from amounts previously reported to the restated amounts, with disclosure of the effect of each category of restatement. Our consolidated statement of stockholders’ (deficit) equity reflects the cumulative effect of the restatement as of January 31, 2004 for those items that impacted fiscal years 2003 and prior. Following the tables are additional disclosures surrounding each item affecting the restatements.

 

 

Income Statement

 

 

 

Fiscal 2004

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Correction of

 

Lease

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

Inventory

 

Accounting

 

Options

 

Total

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Valuation

 

Correction

 

Correction

 

Adjustments

 

Restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,393,251

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,393,251

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

2,146,934

 

9,645

 

(12,901

)

 

(3,256

)

2,143,678

 

Gross profit

 

1,246,317

 

(9,645

)

12,901

 

 

3,256

 

1,249,573

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

898,445

 

 

 

 

 

898,445

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

8,357

 

 

 

 

 

8,357

 

Operating income

 

339,515

 

(9,645

)

12,901

 

 

3,256

 

342,771

 

Interest expense

 

20,434

 

 

 

 

 

20,434

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(4,604

)

 

 

 

 

(4,604

)

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

323,685

 

(9,645

)

12,901

 

 

3,256

 

326,941

 

Provision for income taxes

 

121,876

 

(3,746

)

4,857

 

 

1,111

 

122,987

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

201,809

 

(5,899

)

8,044

 

 

2,145

 

203,954

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

201,809

 

$

(5,899

)

$

8,044

 

$

 

$

2,145

 

$

203,954

 

 

F-14




 

 

 

Income Statement

 

 

 

Fiscal 2005

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Correction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

Inventory

 

Options

 

Total

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Valuation

 

Correction

 

Adjustments

 

Restated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,676,365

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,676,365

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

2,317,082

 

(16,761

)

 

(16,761

)

2,300,321

 

Gross profit

 

1,359,283

 

16,761

 

 

16,761

 

1,376,044

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

987,312

 

 

 

 

987,312

 

Store pre-opening costs

 

7,631

 

 

 

 

7,631

 

Operating income

 

364,340

 

16,761

 

 

16,761

 

381,101

 

Interest expense

 

22,409

 

 

 

 

22,409

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

(9,944

)

 

 

 

(9,944

)

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

351,875

 

16,761

 

 

16,761

 

368,636

 

Provision for income taxes

 

132,363

 

8,060

 

 

8,060

 

140,423

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

219,512

 

8,701

 

 

8,701

 

228,213

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of income tax

 

88,488

 

(80,997

)

 

(80,997

)

7,491

 

Net income

 

$

131,024

 

$

89,698

 

$

 

$

89,698

 

$

220,722

 

 

F-15




 

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

Fiscal 2005

 

 

 

For the year ended January 28, 2006

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Correction of

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

Inventory

 

Options

 

Total

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Valuation

 

Correction

 

Adjustments

 

Restated

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

452,449

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

452,449

 

Merchandise inventories

 

784,032

 

141

 

 

141

 

784,173

 

Prepaid expenses and other

 

44,042

 

 

 

 

44,042

 

Deferred income taxes

 

34,125

 

(63

)

 

(63

)

34,062

 

Total current assets

 

1,314,648

 

78

 

 

78

 

1,314,726

 

Property and equipment, at cost

 

1,011,201

 

 

 

 

1,011,201

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(586,382

)

 

 

 

(586,382

)

 

 

424,819

 

 

 

 

424,819

 

Goodwill, net

 

115,839

 

 

 

 

115,839

 

Other assets

 

20,249

 

 

 

 

20,249

 

 

 

136,088

 

 

 

 

136,088

 

Total assets

 

$

1,875,555

 

$

78

 

$

 

$

78

 

$

1,875,633

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities And Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

193,595

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

193,595

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

282,499

 

 

 

 

282,499

 

Income taxes payable

 

20,672

 

 

 

 

20,672

 

Total current liabilities

 

496,766

 

 

 

 

496,766

 

Deferred income taxes

 

2,803

 

 

 

 

2,803

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

88,637

 

 

 

 

88,637

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

91,440

 

 

 

 

91,440

 

 

 

588,206

 

 

 

 

588,206

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

39,254

 

 

 

 

39,254

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

360,755

 

 

27,097

 

27,097

 

387,852

 

Retained earnings

 

907,773

 

 

(27,097

)

(27,097

)

880,676

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

7,511

 

78

 

 

78

 

7,589

 

Treasury stock

 

(27,944

)

 

 

 

(27,944

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

1,287,349

 

78

 

 

78

 

1,287,427

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,875,555

 

$

78

 

$

 

$

78

 

$

1,875,633

 

 

F-16




 

 

Cash Flow Data

 

 

 

Fiscal 2004

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Lease

 

Correction of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

Accounting

 

Inventory

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Correction

 

Valuation

 

Restated

 

Net income

 

$

201,809

 

$

8,044

 

$

(5,899

)

$

203,954

 

Merchandise inventories

 

(43,472

)

 

5,899

 

(37,573

)

Deferred income taxes and other

 

(3,942

)

4,857

 

 

915

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

18,580

 

(9,344

)

 

9,236

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

427,818

 

3,557

 

 

431,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(141,152

)

(3,557

)

 

(144,709

)

 

 

Cash Flow Data

 

 

 

Fiscal 2005

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Change in

 

Correction of

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

Cumulative

 

Inventory

 

As

 

 

 

Reported

 

Effect

 

Valuation

 

Restated

 

Net income

 

$

131,024

 

$

80,997

 

$

8,701

 

$

220,722

 

Non-cash charge for the cumulative  effect of accounting change

 

142,723

 

(130,424

)

 

12,299

 

Merchandise inventories

 

10,885

 

 

(8,701

)

2,184

 

Deferred income taxes and other

 

(42,657

)

49,427

 

 

6,770

 

 

Correction of Inventory Valuation

The preceding tables include the combined effects of our corrections of our historical retail inventory method and our inventory cost deferral/vendor allowance recognition. Information detailing the individual corrections and the associated impacts on key financial statement line items by fiscal year is presented below.

Correction of Retail Inventory Method

We used a retail inventory method of accounting for merchandise inventories in our Michaels stores in fiscal years prior to 2005. We have determined that our historical retail inventory method contained certain deficiencies. A critical component of the retail inventory method is the calculation of the cost complement, or the ratio of merchandise available for sale at cost to merchandise available for sale at full retail value.  Our calculation of the cost complement did not include adjustments for shrink, store use, and certain markdowns; instead, we captured shrink, store use, and certain markdowns in ending inventory at retail value.  Excluding adjustments for shrink, store use, and certain markdowns from our retail inventory method calculation resulted in an overstatement of the cost complement used to determine ending inventory at cost, which resulted in overstating ending inventories at cost, and understating cost of sales.  To correct these deficiencies, we revised our retail inventory method to incorporate historically available information from our POS system such that we now explicitly consider shrink, store use, and certain markdowns when computing the cost complement.

F-17




As previously reported, effective as of the beginning of fiscal 2005, we changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from our historical retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method. As a result of this change in method, in the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we previously reported a cumulative effect of accounting change of $88.5 million, net of an income tax benefit of $54.2 million. For the full year of fiscal 2005, we previously reported that the conversion to the weighted average cost method reduced our cost of sales by approximately $300,000. The correction to our retail inventory method of accounting inherently affects the amount of the cumulative effect of accounting change we reported in fiscal 2005 and the impact to fiscal 2005 cost of sales related to the change in accounting to the weighted average cost method. The restated cumulative effect of accounting change is $7.5 million, net of an income tax benefit of $4.8 million. There is no impact to the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2006 because we utilized the weighted average cost method.

The correction to our retail inventory method reduced fiscal 2004 net income by approximately $2.0 million, net of $1.3 million of income tax benefits.

Inventory Cost Deferral and Vendor Allowance Recognition Correction

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we previously reported that we made certain adjustments to our calculation of deferring costs related to preparing inventory for sale and for vendor allowance recognition, and recognized a $15.0 million charge (net of an income tax benefit of $8.9 million). However, as we are restating our prior years’ financial statements to correct our retail inventory method of accounting, which had a material effect on fiscal 2005, we are also recording this correction in the periods to which it relates.

Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we computed vendor allowances to be deferred based on the turnover rate of our store-level inventories. However, as the allowances were earned on all inventories, not just store-level inventories, we corrected our method to defer estimated vendor allowances based on the turnover rate of all inventories on hand.

Our deferral of costs related to preparing inventory for sale includes costs incurred in the operation of our distribution centers (“DC costs”) as well as purchasing and replenishment costs (“Other costs”). Prior to our correction of the deferral calculation in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we combined DC and Other costs and deferred them over the inventory turnover rate of our DC-sourced inventories. The correction to our deferral calculation involved isolating DC and Other costs and deferring DC costs based on the inventory turnover rate of our DC-sourced inventories and deferring Other costs over the turnover rate of all inventories. We applied the turnover rate of all inventories to the deferral of Other costs as these costs were incurred in bringing all goods to their saleable condition in the stores, not just those sourced from our distribution centers.

The table below provides the effects of our correction to cost deferral and vendor allowance recognition on certain line items within the consolidated statements of income:

Correction of Cost Deferral and Vendor Allowances

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Sales

 

$

(16,761

)

$

6,306

 

Operating Income

 

16,761

 

(6,306

)

Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

8,060

 

(2,449

)

Income before cumulative effect
of accounting change

 

8,701

 

(3,857

)

 

F-18




Lease Accounting Correction

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, we previously reported an $8.0 million charge (net of an income tax benefit of $4.8 million) as a cumulative adjustment to earnings to correct our lease accounting associated with property leases.  This correction was based on certain views expressed in a letter of February 7, 2005 from the Office of the Chief Accountant of the SEC to the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Prior to our correction, we historically reported straight-line rental expense beginning on the earlier of the store opening date or the commencement date of the lease. This had the effect of excluding the pre-opening or build-out period of our stores from the calculation of the period over which we expensed rent. In addition, amounts received as tenant allowances were reflected in the balance sheet as a reduction to store leasehold improvement costs instead of classifying them as deferred lease credits. Following our review, we corrected our accounting policies such that we begin recording rent expense on the date we take possession of or control physical access to the premises. We also recognize tenant allowances as a liability and accrete the liability as a reduction to rent expense over the same period in which rent expense is calculated.

The allocation of the lease accounting charge to prior periods resulted in immaterial adjustments to the income statement for fiscal years 2002, 2003, and 2004; almost all of the previously reported charge was reflected as an adjustment to our beginning retained earnings balance for fiscal 2002. We also restated our gross property and equipment balances, our accrued liabilities, and other long-term liabilities. The changes in gross property and equipment reflect the reclassification of tenant allowances to other long-term liabilities, which were previously reflected as a reduction of property and equipment. The changes in other long-term liabilities reflect the cumulative adjustment to the accrued rent balance and deferred lease credits related to tenant allowances. We restated our long-term deferred income tax liability primarily as a result of a change in the cumulative timing differences related to deductions associated with straight-line rent expense and leasehold amortization expense.

The restatement associated with our property leases did not impact fiscal 2005 or 2006, the balance sheet as of January 28, 2006 (since all adjustments were already reflected), the timing of the payments under related leases, or future net cash flows. Our previously reported cash flows for fiscal year 2004 classified tenant allowances received during that year as a reduction of capital expenditures. Therefore, we reclassified $3.6 million of tenant allowances for fiscal 2004 from investing activities to operating activities.

Resolution of Internal Review of Historical Stock Options Grant Practices

Based on media reports regarding historical stock options practices at other publicly traded companies regarding allegations of “backdating” option grants, the Company’s Audit Committee conducted an internal review into the Company’s historical stock options practices, including a review of the Company’s underlying option grant documentation and procedures and related accounting. The Audit Committee’s internal review was conducted with the assistance of independent legal counsel and outside accounting experts. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm was informed about the internal review. The Company also voluntarily reported the commencement of this review to the SEC.

The Audit Committee review focused principally on the question of whether there may have been intentional wrongdoing in the Company’s historical stock options granting practices. On August 25, 2006, the Audit Committee’s independent legal counsel presented its final report to the Audit Committee, which stated that the investigation conducted by independent counsel did not support a conclusion that there was intentional misconduct. Based on the independent counsel report, the Audit Committee concluded that the results of the investigation did not support a finding of intentional misconduct.

The Company has also completed its separate internal review of historical stock options practices and related accounting issues from 1990 through the Merger date. In this review, the Company has been advised, with respect to specific Delaware law issues, by independent Delaware counsel and, with respect to specific Texas law issues, by independent Texas counsel. Management of the Company discussed its internal review and related judgments, described below, with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and the new Board of Directors and Audit Committee.

F-19




The Company historically used its stock option program as a key component of compensation for both its officers and a broad group of non-officer employees. The Company granted stock options principally, but not invariably, utilizing a process in which an authorized committee of the Board would approve stock option grants from time to time through unanimous written consent resolutions with specified effective dates that generally preceded the date on which the consents were fully executed by members of the applicable committee. From October 2001 through the Merger date, the Company continued to use unanimous written consent resolutions to grant stock options but in a modified process based on established pre-determined effective grant dates and generally pre-determined grant levels for its stock option program. Prior to October 2001, some grants were made on the basis of pre-determined grant dates and pre-determined grant levels; others were not. Most of the stock option grants during the period under review were dated prior to the approval of the grants by the Board or a Board committee for various reasons, including the design and use of the unanimous written consent process, delays in the initiation of the written consents, general administrative deficiencies, and actions taken to correct what the Company believed were mistakes or omissions in the grant process. Notwithstanding that the Audit Committee concluded that the results of the investigation did not support a finding of intentional misconduct, the Company has identified accounting issues related to certain of the stock option grants prior to October 2001.

The Company historically considered the effective date specified in an option and the effective date specified in the written consents by the applicable committee as the accounting measurement date for determining stock-based compensation expense under APB No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. For all of the post-October 2001 options grants through the Merger date, and for many of the pre-October 2001 options grants, the Company has concluded that the accounting measurement date historically used was correct and appropriate, and that there is no unrecognized non-cash compensation expense with respect to those grants.

Certain grants that were reviewed in the period 1990 to 2001 were considered non-routine and not made pursuant to formal or informal guidelines or generally understood policies or practices, nor made automatically under a standing Board or committee resolution. Based on the advice it received and its own review of Company records, the Company concluded that the measurement date for these certain non-routine grants would likely be considered different from the measurement date originally used in accounting for such grants. In connection with those grants, the Company is unable to definitively determine the actual measurement date based on existing records. The Company estimated the measurement date based on its knowledge of the approval process, subsequent meetings that occurred, and estimates of the time that would have lapsed to obtain documented approval for those grants. To the extent the exercise price of an option was less than the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on an estimated measurement date different than the original measurement date, the difference represents the Company’s estimate of the amount of non-cash compensation expense that should have been recorded over the vesting period of the option.

Based on the Company’s analysis, the amount of additional non-cash compensation cost that should have been recorded was approximately $27.1 million, net of income tax benefits of approximately $12.7 million, all of which relates to periods prior to fiscal 2001. The Company recognized this additional compensation cost as an adjustment to its beginning retained earnings balance for fiscal 2002.  The adjustment does not affect results of operations or the statement of cash flows in any period presented in the Company’s Form 10-K for fiscal 2006. All stock options in question were exercised prior to the end of fiscal 2005. There was no impact on total stockholders’ equity (deficit) as of the end of each of the fiscal years 2005 and 2006.

The table below provides the compensation expense and related income tax benefit by year, including the cumulative effect on retained earnings, for all prior fiscal periods subject to the review:

F-20




 

 

 

Pre-Tax

 

Income Tax

 

Total

 

Fiscal Year

 

Adjustment

 

Benefit

 

Impact

 

1990

 

$

2,203

 

$

879

 

$

1,324

 

1991

 

1,095

 

443

 

652

 

1992

 

1,398

 

547

 

851

 

1993

 

1,722

 

660

 

1,062

 

1994

 

2,115

 

796

 

1,319

 

1995

 

2,916

 

1,207

 

1,709

 

1996

 

19,040

 

4,561

 

14,479

 

1997

 

3,235

 

1,229

 

2,006

 

1998

 

602

 

229

 

373

 

1999

 

4,805

 

1,881

 

2,924

 

2000

 

664

 

266

 

398

 

2001

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect at February 2, 2002

 

$

39,795

 

$

12,698

 

$

27,097

 

2002

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

39,795

 

$

12,698

 

$

27,097

 

 

 

Based on the Company’s evaluation, the Company believes that previously deducted compensation related to exercised stock options that is now considered non-deductible under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code is immaterial to the results of operations, cash flow, or the Company’s financial position.

Note 3.   Merger Transaction

On October 31, 2006, substantially all of the Common Stock of Michaels Stores, Inc. was acquired through a merger transaction (the “Merger”) by affiliates of two private investment firms, Bain Capital Partners, LLC and The Blackstone Group  (collectively, together with their applicable affiliates, the “Sponsors”), with certain shares retained by affiliates of Highfields Capital Partners (a then-existing shareholder of Michaels Stores, Inc.). As a result of the Merger, Michaels Holdings LLC, an entity controlled by the Sponsors, owns approximately 93.3% of our outstanding Common Stock, which is no longer publicly traded. We accounted for the Merger as a leveraged recapitalization whereby the historical book value of the assets and liabilities of Michaels will be maintained with no push down accounting required.

F-21




The Merger consideration paid to then-existing equity holders was approximately $5.8 billion, with fees and expenses totaling an additional $239.7 million. The purchase price was funded by:

·                  Aggregate cash equity contribution by the Sponsors of  approximately $1.7 billion;

·                  Retention of certain shares held by affiliates of Highfields Capital Partners totaling $110.0 million;

·                  The issuance of the following debt (See Note 6 for further information concerning our issuance of debt):

·                  $750.0 million of 10% Senior Notes due 2014;

·      $400.0 million of 113¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016;

·                  $250.0 million of 13% Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016;

·                  $2.4 billion Senior secured term loan facility; and,

·                  $400.0 million of borrowings under our Asset-based revolving credit facility.

·                  Our available cash as of the date of the Merger.

The Merger occurred simultaneously with the closing of the financing and equity transactions described above as well as the termination of our previous $300 million senior unsecured credit facility with Bank of America, N.A (Credit Agreement).

In connection with the completion of the Merger, we entered into management agreements with each of the Sponsors pursuant to which the Sponsors will provide management services to us until December 31, 2016, with evergreen extensions thereafter.  Pursuant to these agreements, the Sponsors will receive an aggregate annual management fee equal to $12.0 million and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreements.  In addition, pursuant to these agreements, the Sponsors received, in connection with the completion of the Merger, aggregate transaction fees of approximately $60.0 million in connection with services provided by them related to the Merger.  Finally, the management agreements provide that the Sponsors are entitled to receive fees in connection with certain subsequent financing, acquisition, disposition and change of control transactions of 1% of the gross transaction value of any such transaction.  The management agreements include customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Sponsors.  The management agreements may be terminated by the Sponsors at any time and terminate automatically upon an initial public offering or a change of control unless we and the Sponsors determine otherwise.  Upon termination, each provider of management services will be entitled to a termination fee calculated based on the present value of the annual fees due during the remaining period from the date of termination to the tenth anniversary of the date of the Merger.

In connection with the completion of the Merger, we entered into a management agreement with Highfields Capital Management LP, an affiliate of the Highfields Capital Partners, that provides for an annual management fee of $1.0 million for services that Highfields Capital Management LP renders to us following the completion of the Merger.

During fiscal 2006, we expensed approximately $239.7 million of Merger-related costs, of which $205.4 million was classified as transaction expenses and $33.6 million was classified as related party expenses in our consolidated statement of income; the remaining $700,000 was classified as interest expense.  See Note 13 for further information concerning related party expenses. Of the $239.7 million recorded in fiscal 2006, $218.0 million was recorded in our fourth quarter of fiscal 2006.  Approximately $138.3 million of the $239.7 million consisted of compensation expense (primarily share-based compensation) and $100.0 million was related to investment banking, legal, accounting, and other professional fees.

We capitalized $124.7 million of costs related to our issuance of various debt instruments.  We amortize the deferred financing costs over the lives of the respective debt agreements (which range from five to ten years) and record the amortization to interest expense. As further described in Note 13 below, we paid $3 million to each of Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly pursuant to a Separation Agreement.  We capitalized the Separation Agreements and amortize them over their two year lives. Our expected amortization expense pertaining to the deferred financing costs and Separation Agreements for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows:

F-22




 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

Thereafter

 

Amortization Expense

 

$

20,201

 

$

19,409

 

$

17,195

 

$

17,189

 

$

15,968

 

$

35,438

 

 

Note 4.  Changes in Accounting

Transition to Cost Accounting—We changed our method of accounting for merchandise inventories from a retail inventory method to the weighted average cost method in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, effective as of the beginning of that fiscal year. We believe the weighted average cost method is preferable because we believe it:

·             results in greater precision in the determination of cost of sales and inventories as each store/SKU combination is supported by perpetual records valued at cost using SKU level purchase order inputs, allowing for a reduction in the number of significant management estimates that were used in our retail inventory method;

·             provides greater insight into shrink using more accurate periodic shrink expense analysis and reporting at the store/SKU level;

·             aligns financial reporting with the operational view of the Company, which provides consistency in analysis of inventory management measures; and

·             increases the accuracy of matching sales with related expenses, as cost of sales will represent the average cost of the individual items sold rather than an average of the entire pool, eliminating any fluctuations as a result of seasonal changes in the markup percentage of inventory on hand at the end of each quarter.

The effect of this change was presented in the income statement as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $7.5 million, which is net of an income tax benefit of $4.8 million. The inventory balance as of the beginning of fiscal 2005 was approximately $777.1 million on the weighted average cost method, which was approximately $12.3 million lower than the inventory balance reported under our retail inventory method. The effect of the change for fiscal 2004 is not determinable as the information required to value inventory on the weighted average cost method for fiscal 2004 is not available.

Under our retail inventory method, ending inventory incorporates shrink, store use, and certain markdowns in an implicit manner and these items did not require an explicit reserve component. Under the weighted average cost method, shrink reserves are an explicit component of our inventory valuation. Upon implementation of the weighted average cost method at the beginning of fiscal 2005, reserves of $28.7 million were established for shrink in our Michaels stores. Inventory, net of shrink reserves, in our Michaels stores as of the beginning of fiscal 2005, under weighted average cost, was $3.2 million lower than fiscal 2004 ending inventory under our retail inventory method, net of shrink, store use, and certain markdowns. Other inventory reserves (including excess and obsolescence and lower of cost or market) under the retail inventory method were $3.7 million and such reserves at the inception of the weighted average cost method were $9.8 million. The changes in these reserves are a component of the cumulative effect of accounting change reported on our consolidated statement of income.

Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)—We elected to early adopt SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. This accounting standard requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value over the requisite service period. We applied the provisions of the modified retrospective transition method as permitted by SFAS No. 123(R) from the beginning of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded compensation expense for unvested awards based on the amounts previously determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, for the first three quarters of fiscal 2005 and under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005.

F-23




Note 5.  Detail of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts

 

February 3,
2007

 

January 28,
2006

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Property and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

$

1,619

 

$

1,619

 

Fixtures and equipment

 

846,545

 

765,199

 

Leasehold improvements

 

274,784

 

244,383

 

 

 

$

1,122,948

 

$

1,011,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities and other:

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, bonuses, and other payroll-related costs

 

$

123,902

 

$

112,888

 

Taxes, other than income and payroll

 

46,887

 

38,097

 

Rent and common area maintenance

 

9,623

 

9,217

 

Gift certificate and gift card liability

 

21,649

 

19,701

 

Property and general liability insurance

 

10,782

 

8,977

 

Deferred revenue

 

9,198

 

17,656

 

Dividend payable

 

 

13,377

 

Professional fees and litigation settlements

 

6,142

 

3,280

 

Other

 

62,248

 

59,306

 

 

 

$

290,431

 

$

282,499

 

 

Note 6.  Debt

91¤4 Senior Notes due 2009

In fiscal 2001, we issued $200 million in principal amount of 91¤4% Senior Notes due July 1, 2009, which were unsecured and interest thereon was payable semi-annually on each January 1 and July 1. On July 1, 2005, we redeemed the Senior Notes at a price of $1,046.25 per $1,000 of principal amount. This early redemption resulted in a pre-tax charge of $12.1 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2005, which represents a combination of a $9.3 million call premium and $2.8 million of unamortized costs associated with the Senior Notes, and was recorded as interest expense.

Credit Agreement

On November 18, 2005, we entered into a new five-year, $300 million senior unsecured credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. and other lenders. The $300 million Credit Agreement replaced our then-existing $200 million revolving credit facility with Fleet National Bank and the other lenders, which we terminated immediately prior to entering into our new $300 million Credit Agreement. We were in compliance with all terms and conditions of our $200 million credit agreement through the termination date, and we did not incur any early termination penalties in connection with its termination. No borrowings were outstanding under our $200 million credit agreement as of January 29, 2005, or at any time during fiscal 2005.

Upon the Merger of the Company, as discussed in Note 3 to these consolidated financial statements, we terminated our  $300 million Credit Agreement. We were in compliance with all terms and conditions of our $300 million Credit Agreement through the termination date, and we did not incur any early termination penalties in connection with its termination. No borrowings were outstanding under our $300 million Credit Agreement at any time during fiscal 2006.

To finance the Merger, we issued 10% Senior Notes due 2014, 113¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, and 13% Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016 (collectively, the “Notes”).  We also executed an asset-based revolving credit facility as well as a senior secured term loan facility (collectively, the “Senior Credit Facilities”).

F-24




As of February 3, 2007, our debt consisted of the following:

 

Principal

 

Interest Rate

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Senior notes

 

$

750,000

 

10.000

%

Senior subordinated notes

 

400,000

 

11.375

%

Subordinated discount notes

 

258,620

 

13.000

%

Senior secured term loan

 

2,344,125

 

Variable

 

Asset-based revolving credit facility

 

205,765

 

Variable

 

Total debt

 

3,958,510

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less current portion

 

229,765

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

$

3,728,745

 

 

 

 

We had no debt outstanding as of January 28, 2006.

10% Senior Notes due 2014

On October 31, 2006, we issued $750.0 million in principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due November 1, 2014. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on each May 1 and November 1, commencing on May 1, 2007. The Senior Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior basis, by each of our subsidiaries.

The Senior Notes and the guarantees thereof are our and the guarantors’ unsecured senior obligations and (i) rank senior in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes (including the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subordinated Discount Notes described below); (ii) rank equally in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes; and (iii) are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt (including obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.

At any time prior to November 1, 2010, we may redeem all or a part of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes redeemed; (ii) the Applicable Premium (as defined in the Senior Indenture); and (iii) accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption plus Additional Interest (as defined in the Senior Indenture).

On and after November 1, 2010, we may redeem all or part of the Senior Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Notes) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest to the applicable date of redemption if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

Year

 

Percentage

 

2010

 

105.000

%

2011

 

102.500

%

2012 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

F-25




In addition, until November 1, 2009, we may, at our option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 110.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, to the applicable date of redemption, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the Senior Indenture); provided that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption, and that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

Upon a change in control, we are required to offer to purchase all of the Senior Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest.

The Senior Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries to:

·                  incur additional debt;

·                  pay dividends or distributions on the Company’s capital stock or repurchase the Company’s capital stock;

·                  issue stock of subsidiaries;

·                  make certain investments;

·                  create liens on the Company’s assets to secure debt;

·                  enter into transactions with affiliates;

·                  merge or consolidate with another company; and

·                  sell or otherwise transfer assets.

113¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

On October 31, 2006, we issued $400.0 million in principal amount of 113¤8% Senior Subordinated Notes due November 1, 2016.  Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on each May 1 and November 1, commencing on May 1, 2007. The Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, by each of our subsidiaries.

The Senior Subordinated Notes and the guarantees thereof are our and the guarantors’ unsecured senior subordinated obligations and (i) are subordinated in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, including the Senior  Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes; (ii) rank equally in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ future senior subordinated debt; (iii) are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt (including the Senior Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt; and (iv) rank senior in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes, including the Subordinated Discount Notes.

At any time prior to November 1, 2011, we may redeem all or a part of the Senior Subordinated Notes, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes redeemed; (ii) the Applicable Premium (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Indenture); and (iii) accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption plus Additional Interest (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Indenture).

F-26




On and after November 1, 2011, we may redeem all or part of the Senior Subordinated Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest to the applicable date of redemption if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

Year

 

Percentage

 

2011

 

105.688

%

2012

 

103.792

%

2013

 

101.896

%

2014 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

In addition, until November 1, 2009, we may, at our option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.375% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, to the applicable date of redemption, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Indenture); provided that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption, and that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

Upon a change in control, we are required to offer to purchase all of the Senior Subordinated Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest. The Senior Subordinated Notes indenture contains restrictive covenants substantially similar to those of the Senior Notes described above.

13% Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016

On October 31, 2006, we issued $469.4 million in principal amount at maturity of 13% Subordinated Discount Notes due on November 1, 2016. No cash interest is payable on the Subordinated Discount Notes prior to November 1, 2011. Beginning on November 1, 2011, cash interest will accrue and is payable semi-annually in arrears on each May 1 and November 1 (the first cash interest payment date is May 1, 2012). The Subordinated Discount Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured subordinated basis, by each of our subsidiaries.

The Subordinated Discount Notes and the guarantees thereof are our and the guarantors’ unsecured subordinated obligations and (i) are subordinated in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt (including the Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes), and (ii) are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ secured debt (including the Senior Credit Facilities to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt).

At any time prior to November 1, 2011, we may redeem all or part of the Subordinated Discount Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of 100% of the Accreted Value (as defined in the Subordinated Discount Indenture) of the Subordinated Discount Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium (as defined in the Subordinated Discount Indenture) as of the date of redemption.

On and after November 1, 2011, we may redeem all or part of the Subordinated Discount Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of Accreted Value of the Subordinated Discount Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest (to the extent not already included in Accreted Value) as of the applicable date of redemption (if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

Year

 

Percentage

 

2011

 

106.500

%

2012

 

104.333

%

2013

 

102.167

%

2014 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

F-27




In addition, until November 1, 2009, we may, at our option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Discount Notes at a redemption price equal to 113.000% of the Accreted Value thereof, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the Subordinated Discount Indenture); provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Subordinated Discount Notes originally remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption, and that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

On May 1, 2012, and, if necessary, any interest payment date thereafter prior to the maturity date, we are required to redeem a portion of each Subordinated Discount Note outstanding on such date equal to an amount sufficient, but not in excess of the amount necessary, to ensure that a Subordinated Discount Note will not be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. These redemptions are to be at a price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value as of the date of redemption.

Upon a change in control, we are required to offer to purchase all of the Subordinated Discount Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the Accreted Value, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest. The Subordinated Discount indenture contains restrictive covenants substantially similar to those of the Senior Notes described above.

Asset-based revolving credit facility

On October 31, 2006, we executed a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility with Banc of America, N.A. and other lenders (“Asset-based revolving credit facility”). The Asset-based revolving credit facility provides senior secured financing of up to $1.0 billion, subject to a borrowing base as described below. As of February 3, 2007, the borrowing base was $722.1 million, of which we borrowed $205.8 million, which was classified as current debt on our balance sheet.  Borrowing capacity is available for letters of credit and borrowings on same-day notice (“Swingline Loans”).

The borrowing base equals the sum of (i) 90% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables; (ii) between 85% and 90% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit; (iii) a percentage of eligible in-transit inventory, less certain reserves; and, (iv) the sum of an additional 10% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and of eligible letters of credit plus an additional 5% of eligible credit card receivables and debit card receivables (collectively, the “last out tranche”), up to a maximum amount of $100.0 million.

The Asset-based revolving credit facility provides us with the right to request up to $200.0 million of additional commitments under this facility.  The lenders under this facility are not under any obligation to provide any such additional commitments, and any increase in commitments is subject to customary conditions precedent.  If we were to request any such additional commitments, and the existing lenders or new lenders were to agree to provide such commitments, the facility size could be increased to up to $1.2 billion, but our ability to borrow under this facility would still be limited by the amount of the borrowing base.

Borrowings under the Asset-based revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1¤2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate subject to certain adjustments, in each case plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for borrowings is 0.50% for base rate borrowings and 1.50% for LIBOR borrowings. With respect to any last out tranche borrowings, the initial applicable margin is 1.50% for base rate borrowings and 2.50% for LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin is subject to adjustment each fiscal quarter based on the excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility.  Swingline Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the base rate plus the applicable margin.

We are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum on the unutilized commitments under the Asset-based revolving credit facility.  We must also pay customary letter of credit fees and agency fees.

F-28




If, at any time, the aggregate amount of outstanding loans, unreimbursed letter of credit drawings and undrawn letters of credit under the Asset-based revolving credit facility exceeds the lesser of (i) the commitment amount or (ii) the borrowing base, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess, with no reduction of the commitment amount.  If the amount available under the Asset-based revolving credit facility is less than $100.0 million for five consecutive business days, or a payment or bankruptcy event of default has occurred, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit with the cash we are required to deposit daily in a collection account maintained with the agent under the Asset-based revolving credit facility. We may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans. There is no scheduled amortization under the Asset-based revolving credit facility; the principal amount of the loans outstanding is due and payable in full on October 31, 2011.

All obligations under the Asset-based revolving credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by all of the our existing subsidiaries and are required to be guaranteed by certain of our future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All obligations under the Asset-based revolving credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), including:

·                  a first-priority security interest in personal property consisting of inventory and related accounts, cash, deposit accounts, all payments received by us or the Subsidiary Guarantors from credit card clearinghouses and processors or otherwise in respect of all credit card charges and debit card charges for sales of inventory by us and the Subsidiary Guarantors, and certain related assets and proceeds of the foregoing;

·                  a second-priority pledge of all of the capital stock held by us (excluding the stock of Michaels of Canada, ULC) and our Subsidiary Guarantors (which pledge, in the case of the capital stock of any foreign subsidiary, is limited to 65% of the voting stock of such foreign subsidiary and 100% of the non-voting stock of such subsidiary); and

·                  a second-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of us and each Subsidiary Guarantor, including substantially all of our owned real property and equipment.

The Asset-based revolving credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

·                  incur additional indebtedness;

·                  pay dividends on the Company’s capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire the Company’s capital stock or its other indebtedness;

·                  make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

·                  create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Company from its restricted subsidiaries;

·                  engage in transactions with affiliates of the Company;

·                  sell assets, including capital stock of the Company’s subsidiaries;

·                  consolidate or merge; and

·                  create liens.

The covenants limiting dividends and other restricted payments, investments, loans, advances and acquisitions, and prepayments or redemptions of indebtedness, each permit the restricted actions in an unlimited amount, subject to the satisfaction of certain payment conditions, principally that we must have at least $125.0 million of pro forma excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility and that we must be in pro forma compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio described in the next paragraph.

Although the Asset-based revolving credit facility does not require us to comply with any financial ratio maintenance covenants, if we have less than $75.0 million of excess availability under the Asset-based revolving credit facility at any time, we are not permitted to borrow any additional amounts unless our pro forma Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Asset-based revolving credit facility) is at least 1.1 to 1.0. The Asset-based revolving credit facility also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

F-29




Senior secured term loan facility

On October 31, 2006, we executed a $2.4 billion senior secured term loan facility with Deutsche Bank A.G. New York Branch, and other lenders. The full amount was borrowed on October 31, 2006. We are required to make scheduled quarterly payments, each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans, for the first six years and three quarters, with the balance payable on October 31, 2013.

Borrowings under the Senior secured term loan facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Deutsche Bank and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1¤2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate, subject to certain adjustments, in each case plus an applicable margin. At issuance date, the applicable margin was 2.00% with respect to base rate borrowings and 3.00% with respect to LIBOR borrowings, subject to downward adjustment based on the leverage and ratings thresholds set forth in the Senior secured term loan facility agreement. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we amended the Senior secured term loan facility such that the applicable margin with respect to the LIBOR borrowings was lowered from 3.00% to 2.75%. On April 30, 2007, in an effort to lower our interest rate, we launched an initiative to reprice the Senior secured term loan facility. We will not know if the repricing is successful until after the date of this filing.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2007, we executed an interest rate collar to hedge our variability of cash flows associated with our interest payments on our Senior secured term loan that result from fluctuations in the three-month LIBOR rate. We expect to account for the interest rate collar as a cash flow hedge. The interest rate collar provides a fixed interest rate, with respect to the three-month LIBOR rate, at a cap of 6.0% and a floor of 3.21% for the periods and notional values of the Senior secured term loan facility listed below. The fair value of the interest rate collar was $0 at inception. Settlement occurs once per quarter.

Period

 

Notional Amount

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

March 2, 2007 - April 29, 2008

 

$

1,755

 

April 30, 2008 - April 29, 2009

 

1,070

 

April 30, 2009 - April 30, 2010

 

535

 

 

The Senior secured term loan facility requires us to prepay outstanding term loans with (a) 100% of the net proceeds of any debt issued by us or our subsidiaries (with exceptions for certain debt permitted to be incurred under the Senior secured term loan facility) and (b) commencing with the fiscal year ending February 2, 2008, 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% if our total leverage ratio is less than  6.00:1.00 and will be reduced to 0% if our total leverage ratio is less than 5.00:1.00) of our annual Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Senior secured term loan facility). We must also offer to prepay outstanding term loans at 100% of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of certain asset sales or casualty events under certain circumstances. We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior secured term loan facility at any time without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

All obligations under the Senior secured term loan facility are unconditionally guaranteed by each direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiary that guarantees the obligations of the Company under the Asset-based revolving credit facility.  All obligations under the Senior secured term loan facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of our assets and the assets of the Subsidiary Guarantors, including:

F-30




·                  a first-priority pledge of all of the capital stock held by us (excluding the stock of Michaels of Canada, ULC) and the Subsidiary Guarantors (which pledge, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, is limited to 65% of the voting stock of such foreign subsidiary and 100% of the non-voting stock of such subsidiary);

·                  a first-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of us and each Subsidiary Guarantor, including substantially all of our owned real property and equipment, but excluding, among other things, the collateral described in the following bullet point; and

·                  a second-priority security interest in personal property consisting of inventory and related accounts, cash, deposit accounts, all payments received by us or the Subsidiary Guarantors from credit card clearinghouses and processors or otherwise in respect of all credit card charges and debit card charges for sales of inventory by us and the Subsidiary Guarantors, certain related assets and proceeds of the foregoing.

The Senior secured term loan facility requires us to satisfy and maintain a consolidated secured debt ratio that is no greater than 4.0 to 1.0, with our first compliance date beginning with the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.  In addition, the Senior secured term loan facility contains a number of negative covenants that are substantially similar (but more restrictive in certain respects) to those governing the Senior Notes as well as certain other customary affirmative and negative covenants as well as events of default.

The aggregate amounts of scheduled maturities of our debt for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

Fiscal Year

 

Amount

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2007

 

$

229,765

 

2008

 

24,000

 

2009

 

24,000

 

2010

 

24,000

 

2011

 

24,000

 

Thereafter

 

3,632,745

 

 

 

3,958,510

 

Interest accretion on 13% Subordinated Discount Notes

 

210,780

 

Total

 

$

4,169,290

 

 

The weighted average interest rate of the current portion of our long-term debt as of February 3, 2007 was 7.6%.

The table below provides the carrying and fair values of our fixed rate debt as of February 3, 2007. Fair value was determined based on quoted market prices.

 

Carrying Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Senior Notes

 

$

750,000

 

$

804,375

 

Senior Subordinated Notes

 

400,000

 

432,500

 

Subordinated Discount Notes

 

258,620

 

339,740

 

 

Unused letters of credit as of February 3, 2007 totaled $134.9 million.

F-31




Note 7.  Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of the respective year-end balance sheets are as follows:

 

 

Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)

 

 

 

February 3, 2007

 

January 28, 2006
(as restated)

 

 

 

Current

 

Noncurrent

 

Current

 

Noncurrent

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Net operating loss, general business credit, and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards

 

$

 

$

10,094

 

$

 

$

7,366

 

Accrued expenses

 

14,868

 

569

 

32,134

 

31,692

 

Deferred rent

 

 

15,583

 

 

15,993

 

Other deferred tax assets

 

25,203

 

9,354

 

5,650

 

8,336

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(6,462

)

 

(761

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(40,787

)

 

(53,365

)

Translation adjustment

 

(10

)

(4,694

)

 

(5,459

)

Other deferred tax liabilities

 

(4,845

)

(12,796

)

(3,722

)

(6,605

)

 

 

$

35,216

 

$

(29,139

)

$

34,062

 

$

(2,803

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

 

$

6,077

 

 

 

$

31,259

 

 

The federal and state income tax provision is as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006

 

2005
(as restated)

 

2004
(as restated)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Federal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

32,490

 

$

95,995

 

$

94,210

 

Deferred

 

8,689

 

19,625

 

752

 

Total federal income tax provision

 

41,179

 

115,620

 

94,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

4,411

 

14,029

 

19,018

 

Deferred

 

6,752

 

(2,667

)

1,922

 

Total state income tax provision

 

11,163

 

11,362

 

20,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

14,309

 

10,553

 

9,140

 

Deferred

 

2,235

 

2,888

 

(2,055

)

Total international income tax provision

 

16,544

 

13,441

 

7,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

 

$

68,886

 

$

140,423

 

$

122,987

 

 

F-32




The current federal and state income tax payable for fiscal 2005 includes a reduction in taxes of approximately $57 million, which relates to the change in our tax inventory accounting method, which was approved by the Internal Revenue Service during fiscal 2006.

The reconciliation between the actual income tax provision and the income tax provision calculated by applying the federal statutory rate is as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006

 

2005
(as restated)

 

2004
(as restated)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax provision at statutory rate

 

$

38,494

 

$

129,023

 

$

114,429

 

State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect

 

1,550

 

10,980

 

13,448

 

Non-deductible Merger costs

 

25,102

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

5,701

 

330

 

431

 

Other

 

(1,961

)

90

 

(5,321

)

Total income tax provision

 

$

68,886

 

$

140,423

 

$

122,987

 

 

At February 3, 2007, we had state net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future taxable income of approximately $151 million expiring at various dates between fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2027. The valuation allowance related to state net operating loss carryforwards was increased to $9.9 million in fiscal 2006 to reserve for state operating loss carryforwards which we believe are more likely than not that we will be unable to deduct these amounts.

Note 8.  Share-Based Compensation

On May 10, 2005, our Board of Directors adopted our 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2005 Plan”) authorizing the grant of options, appreciation rights, restricted shares of our Common Stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and senior executive plan bonuses.

The 2005 Plan was approved by our stockholders at our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 16, 2005. Concurrent with stockholder approval, we ceased granting options under the 1997 Stock Option Plan, 2001 General Stock Option Plan, and the 2001 Employee Stock Option Plan. Awards outstanding under the previous plans remained in effect according to their respective terms and provisions. Generally, options and restricted shares issued to employees under the plans had a five year term and vested over a three year period following the date of grant, while options issued to directors under the plans had a five year term and vested immediately.

         As more fully described in Note 4, we elected to early adopt SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. We applied the provisions of the modified retrospective transition method from the beginning of fiscal 2005. As a result, we recorded compensation expense for unvested awards based on the amounts previously determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, for the first three quarters of fiscal 2005. Beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, compensation cost was recorded based on the grant date fair value of the award and ratably recognized as expense over the effective vesting period.

On June 30, 2006, the then-Board of Directors approved a resolution that provided for a contingent cash settlement feature within the options granted under the various plans. The cash settlement feature was contingent upon consummation of the Merger. On the Merger date, all options outstanding as of the Merger date were exchanged for the right to receive the excess of $44.00 per share over the exercise price of the underlying option.  There were no options outstanding as of February 3, 2007.

F-33




The fair value for options granted under SFAS No. 123(R) was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

Assumptions (1)

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Risk-free interest rates (2)

 

4.6% - 4.9

%

3.5% - 4.4

%

2.4%- 3.4

%

Expected dividend yield

 

1.0

%

0.8% - 1.2

%

0.9% - 1.1

%

Expected volatility rates of our Common Stock (3)

 

22.6% - 30.6

%

28.3% - 45.7

%

45.9% - 50.2

%

Expected life of options (in years) (4)

 

2.5 - 3.0

 

2.5 - 3.2

 

3.1 - 3.3

 


The footnotes to the assumptions relate to fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 only.

(1)       Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.

(2)       Based on constant maturity interest rates for U.S. Treasury instruments with terms consistent with the expected lives of the awards.

(3)       We considered both the historical volatility of our Common Stock price as well as implied volatilities from the exchange-traded options on our Common Stock.

(4)       Expected lives were based on an analysis of historical exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior.

Our fiscal 2006 stock option activity and other summary data are summarized in the following tables:

 

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Activity

 

 

 

Outstanding
at Beginning
of Year

 

Granted

 

Exercised

 

Forfeited/
Expired

 

Outstanding
at End of
Year

 

 

 

(In thousands except per share data )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of options

 

35,165

 

361

 

(34,540

)

(986

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average exercise price

 

$

8.39

 

$

11.71

 

$

8.37

 

$

11.09

 

$

 

 

As of the beginning of fiscal 2006, there were 6.2 million nonvested options with a weighted average fair value of $10.41.

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year (per share)

 

$

2.47

 

$

4.16

 

$

3.04

 

Total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year

 

$

214,196

 

$

58,055

 

$

57,516

 

Total fair value of options that vested during the year

 

$

78,323

 

$

26,014

 

$

29,411

 

 

F-34




Note 9.  Retirement Plans

We sponsor a 401(k) Savings Plan for our eligible employees and certain of our subsidiaries. Participation in the 401(k) Savings Plan is voluntary and available to any employee who is 21 years of age and has completed 500 hours of service in a six-month eligibility period. Participants may elect to contribute up to 15% of their considered compensation on a pre-tax basis and up to 10% on an after-tax basis. In accordance with the provisions of the 401(k) Savings Plan, we make a matching cash contribution to the account of each participant in an amount equal to 50% of the participant’s pre-tax contributions that do not exceed 6% of the participant’s considered compensation for the year. Matching contributions, and the actual earnings thereon, vest to the participants based on years of continuous service, with 100% vesting after three years. Our matching contribution expense, net of forfeitures, was $2.6 million for each of fiscal 2006 and 2005 and $2.2 million for fiscal 2004.

Prior to the Merger, we sponsored the Michaels Stores, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan to provide eligible employees, directors, and certain consultants the opportunity to defer receipt of current compensation. The amount of compensation deferred by each participant electing to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan was determined in accordance with the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan, based on elections by the plan participants and paid in accordance with the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan. We provided matching cash contributions equal to 50% of the participant’s pre-tax contributions that did not exceed 6% of the participant’s considered compensation deferred under the Deferred Compensation Plan, reduced by the matching contributions credited to the participant under our 401(k) Savings Plan. Our matching contribution expense was $373,000, $452,000, and $423,000, for fiscal 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Upon consummation of the Merger, we terminated the Deferred Compensation Plan and paid all associated obligations.

Note 10.  Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

We operate stores and use distribution centers, office facilities, and equipment that are generally leased under non-cancelable operating leases, the majority of which provide for renewal options. Future minimum annual rental commitments for all non-cancelable operating leases as of February 3, 2007 are as follows (in thousands):

For the Fiscal Year:

 

 

 

2007

 

$

298,213

 

2008

 

283,814

 

2009

 

254,051

 

2010

 

215,294

 

2011

 

175,913

 

Thereafter

 

504,318

 

Total minimum rental commitments

 

$

1,731,603

 

 

Rental expense applicable to non-cancelable operating leases was $279.9 million, $263.2 million, and $243.5 million, in fiscal 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

F-35




Shareholder Claims

State Court Litigation

The Company is a defendant in a consolidated action filed by purported former shareholders Julie Fathergill, Feivel Gottlieb, and Roberta Schuman, who seek to represent a class of other former shareholders.  The action is a consolidation of three previously-filed lawsuits and is pending in the 192nd District Court for Dallas County, Texas.  The plaintiffs’ claims arise out of the Merger and, in addition to Michaels, the plaintiffs name as defendants certain former and then-current officers and directors of Michaels and certain other entities involved in the Merger or affiliated therewith.  The plaintiffs allege that the Merger was procedurally and financially unfair to Michaels’ then-shareholders and assert claims for breach of fiduciary duty against the individual defendants and claims for aiding and abetting such breaches against the entities.  Among other things, plaintiffs seek (i) a declaration that the Merger is void and ordering it rescinded; (ii) an accounting for, disgorgement of, and the imposition of a constructive trust on, property and profits received by the defendants; and (iii) unspecified damages, including rescissory damages. We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in this claim, and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously.

Federal Court Litigation

The Company is also a defendant in a consolidated action filed by former purported shareholders Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund, Albert Hulliung, and James and Christine Ziolkowski, who seek to represent a class of other former shareholders.  This action is a consolidation of three previously-filed actions and is pending in the United States District Court, Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division.

On September 6, 2006, Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund filed a putative class action on behalf of itself and former holders of Michaels Common Stock.  The lawsuit named Michaels and all of its then-current directors as defendants.  The plaintiff alleged that the defendants misrepresented and/or omitted material facts in Michaels’ annual proxy statements for 2004, 2005 and 2006, including, among other things, that Michaels’ reported financial results inflated its reported earnings by not properly recording stock-based compensation expense relating to the granting of stock options, that problems with Michaels’ internal controls prevented it from issuing accurate financial reports and projections, and that Michaels’ directors had received and acquiesced in the granting of backdated stock options.  The plaintiff asserted claims against all of the defendants of (a) violations of Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 14a-9 promulgated thereunder and (b) violations of Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The plaintiff sought, among other relief, an indeterminate amount of damages from the defendants and equitable or injunctive relief, including the rescission of stock option grants.  By an order dated December 8, 2006, Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund was named the lead plaintiff in this action.

On November 27, 2006, Albert Hulliung and James and Christine Ziolkowski (who had previously filed two separate stockholder derivative actions, which were consolidated on November 7, 2006) filed a consolidated class action complaint against Michaels and certain of its former officers and directors on behalf of a class of other former shareholders.  The consolidated complaint alleged that the defendants misrepresented and/or omitted material facts in Michaels’ annual proxy statements for 1993 through 2006, including, among other things, failing to disclose Michaels’ and the defendants’ alleged option backdating practices and the fact that Michaels and the defendants had reported false financial statements as a result of those practices.  The consolidated complaint also alleged that the proxy statements failed to disclose: (a) that Michaels had problems with its internal controls that prevented it from issuing accurate financial reports and projections; (b) that because of improperly recorded stock-based compensation expenses, Michaels’ reported financial results violated GAAP; (c) that Michaels’ public disclosures presented an inflated view of Michaels’ earnings by understating Michaels’s past compensation expenses; (d) that Michaels faced substantial liability for its past and ongoing backdating practices; and (e) that Michaels’ directors had received and acquiesced in the granting of backdated stock options.  The plaintiffs asserted claims against all defendants for violations of Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 14a-9 promulgated thereunder, and sought, among other relief, an indeterminate amount of damages from the defendants, as well as an award of attorneys fees and costs.

F-36




By an order dated February 1, 2007, the Massachusetts Laborers’ Annuity Fund action was consolidated with the Hulliung/Ziolkowski action. We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in these claims, and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously.

Employee Class Action Claims

Cotton Claim

On December 20, 2002, James Cotton, a former store manager of Michaels of Canada, ULC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, and Suzette Kennedy, a former assistant manager of Michaels of Canada, commenced a purported class proceeding against Michaels of Canada and Michaels Stores, Inc. on behalf of themselves and current and former employees employed in Canada. The Cotton claim was filed in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice and alleges that the defendants violated employment standards legislation in Ontario and other provinces and territories of Canada by failing to pay overtime compensation as required by that legislation. The Cotton claim also alleges that this conduct was in breach of the contracts of employment of those individuals. The Cotton claim seeks a declaration that the defendants have acted in breach of applicable legislation, payment to current and former employees for overtime, damages for breach of contract, punitive, aggravated and exemplary damages, interest, and costs. In May of 2005, the plaintiffs delivered material in support of their request that this action be certified as a class proceeding. Michaels filed and served its responding materials opposing class certification on January 31, 2006. A date has not yet been set for the hearing with respect to certification. We intend to contest certification of this claim as a class action. Further, we believe we have certain defenses on the merits and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously. We are unable to estimate a range of possible loss, if any, in this claim.

Clark Claim

On July 13, 2005, Michael Clark, a former Michaels store assistant manager, and Lucinda Prouty, a former Michaels store department manager, commenced a purported class action proceeding against Michaels Stores, Inc. on behalf of themselves and current and former hourly retail employees employed in California from July 13, 2001 to the present. The Clark suit was filed in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego, and alleges that Michaels failed to pay overtime wages, provide meal and rest periods (or compensation in lieu thereof), and provide itemized employee wage statements. The Clark suit also alleges that this conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law. The plaintiffs seek injunctive relief, damages for unpaid overtime pay, meal break penalties, waiting time penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs. Under the Class Action Fairness Act, we removed the case to federal court on August 5, 2005. The parties participated in a voluntary mediation on October 16, 2006 and have reached a tentative settlement of the case.  Contingent on court approval, the parties have agreed to a claims made process, with no material impact on our statement of operations, balance sheet, or cash flows for any period presented.

Morris Claim

On November 16, 2005, Geoffrey Morris, a former Aaron Brothers employee in San Diego, California, commenced a purported class action proceeding against Aaron Brothers, Inc. on behalf of himself and current and former Aaron Brothers employees in California from November 16, 2001 to the present. The Morris suit was filed in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego, and alleges that Aaron Brothers failed to pay overtime wages, reimburse the plaintiff for necessary expenses (including the cost of gas used in driving his car for business purposes), and provide adequate meal and rest breaks (or compensation in lieu thereof). The Morris suit also alleges that this conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law. The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief, damages for unpaid overtime pay, meal break penalties, waiting time penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs. Morris filed an Amended Complaint on June 8, 2006 and now seeks to represent a class of current and former assistant managers only. The parties participated in a voluntary mediation on December 15, 2006 and have reached a tentative settlement of the case. Contingent on final court approval, the parties have agreed to a claims made process, with no material impact on our statement of operations, balance sheet, or cash flows for any period presented.

F-37




DeJoseph Claim

On December 29, 2006, John DeJoseph, a former Michaels store manager in Valencia, California, commenced a purported class action proceeding against Michaels Stores, Inc. on behalf of himself and current and former salaried store employees employed in California from May 10, 2002 to the present. The DeJoseph suit was filed in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles.  The DeJoseph suit alleges that Michaels failed to pay overtime wages,  provide meal periods, accurately record hours worked, provide itemized employee wage statements, and that Michaels unlawfully made deductions from employees’ earnings.  The DeJoseph suit additionally alleges that the foregoing conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law.  The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief, damages for unpaid wages, penalties, restitution, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs.  We have begun investigation into the plaintiff’s claims. We believe we have certain meritorious defenses and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously. We are unable to estimate a range of loss, if any, in this case.

Torgerson Claim

On January 26, 2007, Katherine Torgerson, a former “lead framer” for Aaron Brothers in San Diego, California, filed a purported class action proceeding in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego.  Torgerson filed this action against Aaron Brothers, Inc. on behalf of herself and all current and former California-based leads or keyholders.  The Torgerson suit alleges that Aaron Brothers failed to provide its leads and keyholders with adequate meal and rest breaks (or compensation in lieu thereof) and accurate wage statements.  The Torgerson suit additionally alleges that the foregoing conduct was in breach of California’s unfair competition law.   The plaintiff seeks injunctive relief, compensatory damages, meal and rest break penalties, waiting time penalties, interest, and attorneys’ fees and costs.  We believe we have certain meritorious defenses and intend to defend this lawsuit vigorously. We are unable to estimate a range of loss, if any, in this case.

Governmental Inquiries and Related Matters

Non-U.S. Trust Inquiry

In early 2005, the District Attorney’s office of the County of New York and the SEC opened inquiries concerning non-U.S. trusts that directly or indirectly held shares of Michaels Common Stock and Common Stock options. A federal grand jury requested information with respect to the same facts. We are cooperating in these inquiries and have provided information in response to the requests.

Certain of these trusts and corporate subsidiaries of the trusts acquired securities of Michaels in transactions directly or indirectly with Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Sam Wyly, who were, respectively, Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors prior to the consummation of the Merger, or with other Wyly family members. In addition, subsidiaries of certain of these trusts acquired securities directly from us in private placement transactions in 1996 and 1997 and upon the exercise of stock options transferred, directly or indirectly, to the trusts or their subsidiaries by Charles Wyly, Sam Wyly, or other Wyly family members.

We understand that Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly and/or certain of their family members are beneficiaries of irrevocable non-U.S. trusts. The 1996 and 1997 private placement sales by us of Michaels securities to subsidiaries of certain of these trusts were disclosed by us in filings with the SEC. The transfer by Charles Wyly and/or Sam Wyly (or by other Wyly family members or family-related entities) of Michaels securities to certain of these trusts and subsidiaries was also disclosed in filings with the SEC by us and/or by Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly. Based on information provided to us, our SEC filings did not report securities owned by the non-U.S. trusts or their corporate subsidiaries as beneficially owned by Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly prior to 2005.

Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly filed an amended Schedule 13D with the SEC on April 8, 2005, stating that they may be deemed the beneficial owners of Michaels securities held directly or indirectly by the non-U.S. trusts.  In our 2005 and 2006 proxy statements, we included the securities held in the non-U.S. trusts or their separate subsidiaries, as reported by the Wylys, in the beneficial ownership table of our principal stockholders and management, with appropriate footnotes.

F-38




Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly had not historically reported purchases and sales of Michaels securities by the non-U.S. trusts and their subsidiaries in reports filed by them with the SEC under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In an April 2005 letter from their counsel, Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly undertook to file any additional required Section 16 reports and to pay us the amount of any Section 16 liability. Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly have not filed additional or amended Section 16 reports with respect to the transactions in question. They have, however, since June 2005, reported on Form 4 filings the ownership of Michaels securities by the non-U.S. trusts and their subsidiaries and the sales of such securities in connection with the Merger.  In those filings, Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly have disclaimed beneficial ownership of the securities except to the extent of a pecuniary interest in the securities.

Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly made a proposal to settle the issue, without admitting or denying that they have or had, for Section 16 purposes, beneficial ownership of Michaels securities that are or were held by the non-U.S. trusts or their subsidiaries. Following that proposal, on March 15, 2006, the Board of Directors appointed a special committee of the Board to investigate and make decisions on behalf of Michaels with respect to the potential Section 16 liability issue. The special committee was also given authority to investigate and respond to the governmental inquiries, described above. The special committee had retained independent counsel to advise it in these matters.

In connection with the consummation of the Merger, all the members of the Board of Directors, including the members of the special committee, resigned.  As a result, the committee no longer exists, and authority concerning those matters has now reverted to the new Board of Directors.  The independent counsel retained by the special committee is now advising the Company.  The Company and Charles Wyly, Sam Wyly and Evan Wyly entered into tolling agreements that suspended the running of applicable statutes of limitations periods and similar defenses to the potential Section 16 claims from November 6, 2006 through October 5, 2007.

Stock Options Inquiry

On June 15, 2006, following Michaels’ announcement that its Audit Committee had initiated an internal review, referred to below, into the Company’s historical stock options practices, Michaels received a letter from the Division of Enforcement of the SEC requesting that the Company preserve all documents concerning its granting of stock options from 1990 through the present and stating that the SEC intended to request production of such documents in the future. In a letter dated November 15, 2006, the Division requested the documents. A June 16, 2006 grand jury subpoena issued by the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York requesting documents relating to the granting of stock options during the period 1996 to the present was withdrawn in connection with a July 27, 2006 grand jury subpoena issued by the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas on behalf of the Fraud section of the Department of Justice requesting documents relating to the granting of stock options during the same period.  We are cooperating in these inquiries and have provided information in response to the requests.

On August 28, 2006, the Board of Directors appointed a special committee of the Board to investigate and make decisions on behalf of Michaels with respect to these subpoenas and any stock option grant issue raised by the SEC. This committee no longer exists as a result of the resignation of the members of the Board of Directors, including the members of this committee, in connection with the consummation of the Merger, and the authority previously given to the committee has now reverted to the new Board of Directors.

The Company’s Audit Committee conducted an internal review into the Company’s historical stock options practices and concluded that the results of the review did not support a finding of intentional misconduct.  Company management also undertook an internal review of historical stock options practices and related accounting issues from 1990 through the Merger date.  See Note 2 to these consolidated financial statements for more detailed information concerning the Audit Committee internal review and management’s internal review, including management’s conclusions.

Pending shareholder lawsuits against the Company, the then-current and certain former directors, and certain then-current and former officers of Michaels also include claims relating to the Company’s historical stock options practices. See “Shareholder Claims” above.

F-39




General

We are a defendant from time to time in lawsuits incidental to our business. Based on currently available information, we believe that resolution of all known contingencies is uncertain. There can be no assurance that future costs of such litigation would not be material to our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Note 11.  Concentration of Credit Risk

We invest the majority of our cash and equivalents and short-term investments in money market funds and trusts which are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other financial or government institution. We also deposit a portion of our cash and equivalents with numerous federally-insured financial institutions, the balances of which often exceed $100,000. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures each account up to a maximum of $100,000 of the aggregate account balance with each institution. We believe counterparty default risk is low as we only use financial institutions with investment grade ratings or funds and trusts which invest in securities with investment grade ratings and that possess the necessary liquidity to satisfy our redemption needs.

Note 12.  Segments and Geographic Information

We consider our Michaels, Aaron Brothers, and Recollections stores and our Star Decorators Wholesale operations to be our operating segments for purposes of determining reportable segments based on the criteria of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. We determined that our Michaels and Aaron Brothers operating segments have similar economic characteristics and meet the aggregation criteria set forth in paragraph 17 of SFAS No. 131. With regard to our Aaron Brothers operating segment, we determined that it did not meet the quantitative thresholds for separate disclosure set forth in SFAS No. 131. We also determined that individually, and in the aggregate, the Recollections stores and Star Decorators Wholesale operations were immaterial for segment reporting purposes. Therefore, we combine all operating segments into one reporting segment.

The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1.

Subsequent to the Merger, our chief operating decision makers evaluate historical operating performance, plan and forecast future periods’ operating performance, and base incentive compensation targets for certain management personnel on earnings before interest, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). A reconciliation of income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change to EBITDA is presented below. Segment income for fiscal years 2005 and 2004 were restated to conform to current year presentation.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

$

109,982

 

$

368,636

 

$

326,941

 

Interest expense

 

104,548

 

22,409

 

20,434

 

Interest income

 

(9,631

)

(7,945

)

(4,570

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

118,622

 

100,074

 

89,270

 

EBITDA

 

$

323,521

 

$

483,174

 

$

432,075

 

 

F-40




Our sales and assets by country are as follows:

 

Net Sales

 

Total Assets

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Fiscal 2006

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

3,599,904

 

$

1,610,438

 

Canada

 

265,072

 

82,564

 

Consolidated total

 

$

3,864,976

 

$

1,693,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

3,451,696

 

$

1,809,945

 

Canada

 

224,669

 

65,688

 

Consolidated total

 

$

3,676,365

 

$

1,875,633

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2004:

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

3,216,152

 

$

1,966,640

 

Canada

 

177,099

 

55,400

 

Consolidated total

 

$

3,393,251

 

$

2,022,040

 

 

We present assets based on their physical, geographic location. Certain assets located in the United States are also used to support our Canadian operations, but we do not allocate these assets to Canada.

Note 13.  Related Party Transactions

Donald R. Miller, Jr., the son-in-law of Charles J. Wyly, Jr., was Vice President — Market Development of Michaels until his departure on November 1, 2006.  In fiscal 2006, we paid Mr. Miller $212,000 in salary.  Mr. Miller also earned a fiscal 2006 cash bonus of $80,153 and received $177,470 in other fiscal 2006 compensation, including premium payments for life and long-term disability insurance, Company contributions to the 401(k) plan, medical benefits, other perquisites and personal benefits and tax gross-up payments.  In addition, upon his resignation, Mr. Miller became entitled to severance benefits under a Change in Control Agreement dated April 26, 2006, and a bonus under a Change in Control Bonus Plan, the terms of each of which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control — Rights and Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control.”  Under the Agreement and Plan, Mr. Miller was paid the aggregate amount of $867,000 and became entitled to a continuation for two years of welfare and fringe benefits, at an estimated cost to the Company of $73,493.  Mr. Miller is also entitled to reimbursement for outplacement services of up to $50,000.

As more fully described in Note 3, we paid the Sponsors transaction fees totaling $60.0 million in connection with services provided by them related to the Merger. We recognized $23.6 million of the Sponsor transaction fees as an expense, capitalized $27.0 million of the fees as debt issuance costs, and classified $9.4 million as equity issuance costs.  We also reimbursed the Sponsors, or paid on their behalf, Merger-related fees of $15.3 million incurred by them.  Of the $15.3 million, we expensed $9.1 million and capitalized $6.2 million as debt issuance costs.

We pay annual management fees to the Sponsors in the amount of $12.0 million and an annual management fee to Highfields Capital Management LP in the amount of  $1.0 million. During fiscal 2006, we recognized $3.3 million of expense related to annual management fees.

F-41




In connection with the consummation of the Merger, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement with each of Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly, executive officers and directors of the Company prior to the Merger.  Under the Separation Agreements, each of Charles Wyly and Sam Wyly received a lump sum payment of $3.0 million in exchange for his agreement to adhere to certain non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality restrictions. We are amortizing these Separation Agreements over two years.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we executed a participation agreement with CoreTrust Purchasing Group (“CPG”), which designates CPG as our exclusive supplier of non-merchandise supplies and equipment. In exchange, we are offered non-merchandise supplies and equipment from a variety of vendors at a pre-determined price. We do not pay any fees to participate in this group arrangement, and we can terminate our participation prior to the expiration of the agreement without penalty. The vendors separately pay fees to CPG for access to its consortium of customers. The Blackstone Group, one of our Sponsors, entered into an agreement with CPG whereby The Blackstone Group receives a portion of the gross fees vendors pay to CPG based on the volume of purchases made by us and other participants.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2007, The Blackstone Group acquired a majority ownership stake in an external vendor we utilize to count our store inventory.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2007, officers of Michaels Stores, Inc. and its subsidiaries were offered the opportunity to purchase shares of our Common Stock at a price of $15 per share. We sold approximately $4.3 million, or 289,334 shares of our Common Stock to certain officers, and such shares represent approximately 0.24% of the total outstanding shares of Michaels Stores, Inc.

F-42




MICHAELS STORES, INC.

UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

(In thousands)

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Fiscal 2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

832,481

 

$

768,264

 

$

896,080

 

$

1,368,151

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

513,245

 

493,016

 

576,705

 

796,842

 

Gross profit

 

319,236

 

275,248

 

319,375

 

571,309

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense (1)

 

237,036

 

233,681

 

255,352

 

307,257

 

Operating income

 

76,063

 

31,547

 

53,807

 

41,730

 

(Loss) Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

51,701

 

21,553

 

35,045

 

(67,203

)

Net income (loss)

 

51,701

 

21,553

 

35,045

 

(67,203

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As restated (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

821,016

 

$

745,493

 

$

839,663

 

$

1,270,193

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

497,875

 

488,265

 

536,558

 

777,623

 

Gross profit

 

323,141

 

257,228

 

303,105

 

492,570

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

227,894

 

223,104

 

251,235

 

285,079

 

Operating income

 

92,508

 

32,669

 

49,414

 

206,510

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

55,804

 

12,191

 

32,392

 

127,826

 

Net income

 

48,313

 

12,191

 

32,392

 

127,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As previously reported (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

821,016

 

$

745,493

 

$

839,663

 

$

1,270,193

 

Cost of sales and occupancy expense

 

503,204

 

481,263

 

535,155

 

797,460

 

Gross profit

 

317,812

 

264,230

 

304,508

 

472,733

 

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

227,894

 

223,104

 

251,235

 

285,079

 

Operating income

 

87,179

 

39,671

 

50,817

 

186,673

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

52,554

 

16,461

 

33,247

 

117,250

 

Net (loss) income

 

(35,934

)

16,461

 

33,247

 

117,250

 


We report on the basis of a 52 or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. Our interim periods each contain 13 weeks, with the first quarter ending on a Saturday 13 weeks after the end of our previous fiscal year. For fiscal years that contain 53 weeks, our fourth quarter contains 14 weeks.

(1)    Selling, general, and administrative expense for the first, second, and third quarters were adjusted from amounts previously reported on our Forms 10-Q to reflect a reclassification of certain amounts to transaction expenses and related party expenses, as applicable, for each period.

(2)    Amounts have been restated to reflect the corrections to our application of the retail inventory method, deferral of costs related to preparing our inventory for sale, and vendor allowance recognition. These corrections are more fully described in Note 2 to these consolidated financial statements.

(3)    Amounts were as previously reported in our fiscal 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K and do not include the corrections as described in the preceding footnote.

F-43




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date:   May 2, 2007

MICHAELS STORES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

 

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

 

President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

President and Chief Financial Officer

May 2, 2007

Jeffrey N. Boyer

 

(Co-Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gregory A. Sandfort

 

President and Chief Operating Officer

May 2, 2007

Gregory A. Sandfort

 

(Co-Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Josh Bekenstein

 

Director

May 2, 2007

Josh Bekenstein

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael S. Chae

 

Director

May 2, 2007

Michael S. Chae

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Todd Cook

 

Director

May 2, 2007

Todd Cook

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew Kabaker

 

Director

May 2, 2007

Matthew Kabaker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lewis Klessel

 

Director

May 2, 2007

Lewis Klessel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew S. Levin

 

Director

May 2, 2007

Matthew S. Levin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David McVeigh

 

Director

May 2, 2007

David McVeigh

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James A. Quella

 

Director

May 2, 2007

James A. Quella

 

 

 

 




EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number

 

Description of Exhibit

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 30, 2006, among Bain Paste Mergerco, Inc., Blackstone Paste Mergerco, Inc., Bain Paste Finco, LLC, Blackstone Paste Finco, LLC and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on July 6, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

2.2

 

First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 1, 2006, among Bain Paste Mergerco, Inc., Blackstone Paste Mergerco, Inc., Bain Paste Finco, LLC, Blackstone Paste Finco, LLC and Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on September 5, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Michaels Stores, Inc. (filed herewith).

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on November 6, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

4.1

 

Senior Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

4.2

 

Senior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

4.3

 

Subordinated Discount Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

4.4

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Senior Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

4.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Senior Subordinated Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

4.6

 

Registration Rights Agreement for the Subordinated Discount Notes, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

 




 

10.1

 

Michaels Stores, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on February 21, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.2

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Registrant’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on February 21, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.3

 

Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 13, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.4

 

Form of Change in Control Retention Bonus Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 13, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.5

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Executive Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.6

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Chief Financial Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.7

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—General Merchandise Manager (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.8

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Store Operations (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.9

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Supply Chain (previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.10

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Financial Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.11

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Operating Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.12

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Chief Merchant (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.13

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Specialty Businesses (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.14

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Bonus Plan Enhancement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on June 13, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.15

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Financial Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.16

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for President and Chief Operating Officer (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.17

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Chief Merchant (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.18

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Specialty Businesses (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

 




 

10.19

 

Fiscal Year 2007 Bonus Plan for Executive Vice President—Supply Chain (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.20

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and R. Michael Rouleau, dated July 7, 2004 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for period ended July 31, 2004, filed by Registrant on September 1, 2004, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.21

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and R. Michael Rouleau, dated March 15, 2006 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on March 20, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).*

10.22

 

Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.23

 

Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2007, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (filed herewith).

10.24

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain stockholders thereof (previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.25

 

Management Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Blackstone Management Partners V LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.26

 

Management Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, between Michaels Stores, Inc. and Highfields Capital Management LP (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.27

 

Separation Agreement, dated October 31, 2006, between Charles J. Wyly, Jr. and Michaels Stores, Inc. (filed herewith).*

10.28

 

Separation Agreement, dated October 31, 2006, between Sam Wyly and Michaels Stores, Inc. (filed herewith).*

10.29

 

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain directors of the Registrant (previously filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Form 10-K for period ended January 28, 2006, filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.30

 

Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement between Michaels Stores, Inc. and certain officers of the Registrant (previously filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Form 10-K for period ended January 28, 2006, filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.31

 

Term Lease Master Agreement between IBM Credit Corporation as Lessor and Michaels Stores, Inc. as Lessee (previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Form 10-K for the year ended February 1, 1997, filed by Registrant on May 2, 1997, SEC File No. 000-11822).

 




 

10.32

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., as lead borrower, the facility guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as syndication agent, Credit Suisse, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as co-documentation agents, the lenders named therein, and Banc of America Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.33

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, the other lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Credit Suisse, as co-documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q filed by Registrant on December 7, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

10.34

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2007, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2006, among Michaels Stores, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, the other lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Credit Suisse, as co-documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed by Registrant on January 25, 2007, SEC File No. 001-09338).

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Michaels Stores, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 21.1 to Form 10-K for period ended January 28, 2006, filed by Registrant on March 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-09338).

31.1

 

Certifications of Jeffrey N. Boyer pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

31.2

 

Certifications of Gregory A. Sandfort pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

32.1

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).


*

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.